JP5769504B2 - Medicine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to medicine.

  Parkinson's disease is a neurodegenerative disease that usually begins after middle age and progresses chronically. As for the first symptom, resting tremor is seen in one side, and immobility and rigidity are added to this. This tremor, ataxia, and stiffness are called the three major signs of Parkinson's disease, all of which are caused by the selective loss of dopamine-containing neurons that project from the midbrain substantia nigra to the striatum. ing. The etiology of this disease remains unclear, but there is evidence that a disorder in the energy production system associated with mitochondrial dysfunction in the midbrain nigrostriatal dopaminergic neurons is the cause of neurodegenerative injury in this disease. It is accumulating. This mitochondrial dysfunction is thought to degenerate nerve cells by causing subsequent oxidative stress and calcium homeostasis failure (Non-patent Document 1).

  Treatment of Parkinson's disease is broadly divided into medical treatment (pharmacotherapy) and surgical treatment (stereoscopic brain surgery). Of these, pharmacotherapy is an established treatment and is considered the basis of treatment. In the drug therapy here, symptomatic therapeutic drugs are used for the purpose of compensating for the function of the midbrain nigrostriatal dopaminergic nerve that has degenerated and dropped out due to Parkinson's disease. It is said that L-dopa shows the most excellent therapeutic effect, and no drug exceeds this. Currently, when L-dopa is used, a dopa decarboxylase inhibitor that suppresses peripheral metabolism is used in combination, and an expected clinical effect is obtained.

  However, L-DOPA therapy has a difficulty that, within a few years after its start of use, with the recurrence of motor dysfunction such as dyskinesia, the sustainability and stability of the effect are impaired, and circadian variation appears. In addition, side effects of gastrointestinal symptoms such as nausea and vomiting due to excess dopamine, cardiovascular symptoms such as orthostatic hypotension, arrhythmia and arrhythmia, and psychiatric symptoms such as hallucinations, delusions and confusion are problematic.

  Therefore, in order to reduce the dose of L-dopa preparation and reduce side effects, multi-drug combination therapy using a combination of dopamine receptor agonists, dopamine metabolizing enzyme inhibitors, dopamine release promoters, central anticholinergic agents, etc. Has been done. Although the prognosis has been considerably improved by the progress of such treatment, a fundamental treatment for other neurodegenerative diseases including Parkinson's disease has not yet been established. Drug therapy must be carried out for a lifetime, and L-dopa monotherapy has problems such as a decrease in drug efficacy, side effects, and inability to suppress disease progression due to long-term administration as described above. In addition, it is difficult to expect dramatic therapeutic effects even if multidrug combination therapy is performed.

Alzheimer's disease is a neurodegenerative disease in which various cognitive functions are affected progressively, mainly in memory impairment. Pathologically, it is characterized by the accumulation of two types of abnormal fibers: degeneration and loss of neurons and synapses in the hippocampus and cerebral cortex, and senile plaques and neurofibrillary tangles. The etiology of this disease has not been fully elucidated, but amyloid β protein (Aβ) excised from amyloid precursor protein (APP) by various mechanisms plays an important role. Currently, in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, the acetylcholinergic nervous system in the brain is deeply involved in cognitive function, and a significant disorder has been observed in this nervous system. , Aricept, Rivastigmine, Galantamine) have been used for the purpose of reducing symptoms. In addition, glutamate N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonist (memantine) has been put to practical use because excessive excitability of glutamate neurotransmission mechanism is related to neuronal degeneration and damage. However, in the drug treatment using these, a sufficient therapeutic effect cannot be obtained even in a single agent or a combination therapy used in combination, and the progression of the disease cannot be stopped. Further, cholinesterase inhibitors have gastrointestinal symptoms such as nausea and diarrhea as side effects.

In addition, for ischemic neurodegenerative disorders caused by cerebral infarction such as atherothrombotic cerebral infarction, lacunar infarction and cardiogenic cerebral embolism, the hyperacute phase using tissue type plasminogen activator (tPA) Although thrombolytic therapy is rapidly spreading, it has many problems including a narrow time window of 3 hours after onset and bleeding complications.

    On the other hand, free radical scavenger edaravone is used as a brain protection therapy in Japan, and it can be used in combination with tPA. However, sufficient clinical effects have not been obtained.

For these reasons, there is a strong demand for drugs having new mechanisms of action and neuroprotective agents that prevent neuronal degeneration and damage from mitochondrial dysfunction, which is one of the etiologies.
Ann.NYAcad.Sci.991: 111-119 (2003)

  The present invention inhibits the chronic progression of Parkinson's disease or suppresses the progression of neurological dysfunction by protecting dopamine neurons from the disease, and has an effect of improving the function while extending the period until L-dopa administration time. It is an object to provide a medicine.

  In addition, the present invention provides a drug useful for the treatment of a disease associated with cell death, more specifically, a drug effective for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease or for the improvement of dysfunction or neurological symptoms caused by stroke. The task is to do.

  As a result of intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have abbreviated mitochondrial function protection and / or nerve cell protection / function repair and / or quinone reductase 2 (hereinafter abbreviated as “QR2”). The compound represented by the following general formula (1) having an inhibitory action was successfully synthesized. The present invention has been completed based on such findings.

  The present invention provides the medicines, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for producing the same described in Items 1 to 21 below.

  Item 1. General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group,
(4) a lower alkenyl group,
(5) a lower alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(8) protected hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy lower alkanoyl group,
(10) protected hydroxy lower alkanoyl group,
(11) a lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkylthio lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups,
(13) a hydroxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(15) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(16) an amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups,
(17) hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(19) Lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(20) a lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(21) a piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups on the piperazine ring;
(22) a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups on the piperazine ring;
(23) a lower alkanoyl lower alkyl group,
(24) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(25) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups on the piperazine ring;
(27) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(29) an amino lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups,
(30) a piperazyl lower alkyl group which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring;
(31) a piperidyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more morpholinyl groups,
(32) an azetidyl lower alkyl group which may have one or more hydroxy groups on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more oxo groups,
(34) an amino lower alkanoyloxy lower alkyl group which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(35) a lower alkyl group; a morpholinyl lower alkyl group; a piperidyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and having one or more lower alkyl groups A carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from piperazinyl lower alkyl groups,
(36) hydroxy protecting group one or more optionally having phosphono-lower alkyl group,
(37) hydroxy protecting group which may have one or more phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group,
(38) on the benzene ring, hydroxy groups, also protected hydroxy group and hydroxy protecting groups selected from the group consisting of 1 or more which may have phosphono group group optionally having one or more A good benzoyloxy lower alkyl group,
(39) a halogen on a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) a lower alkanoyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group and a carboxyl group; a hydroxy group; an amino group A lower alkoxycarbonylamino group; a piperazinyl group which may have one or more lower alkoxy lower alkyl groups; one or more groups selected from the group consisting of an imidazolyl group and a morpholinylpiperidyl group; Or a lower alkanoylamino lower alkyl group.
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) a lower alkyl group; a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group; a hydroxy lower alkyl group; a group selected from the group consisting of a piperazinyl lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group which may have one or more lower alkyl groups; A carbamoyl group which may have one or more,
(8) a carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups,
(9) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(10) a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group which may have one or more lower alkyl groups;
(11) a diazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group, and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group;
(13) A lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group or (14) a carboxy lower alkyl group.
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group.
Here, one or more groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) may be substituted on the aromatic ring and heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ :
(1) a lower alkyl group,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) protected hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group optionally having one or more lower alkyl groups,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one or more morpholinyl lower alkyl groups,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents a halogen, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group.
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen.
Or R ₄ and R ₅ are combined,

Or may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl and oxo groups.

May be constructed.
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group.
R ₇ represents any of the following groups (1) to (11).
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(4) a protected hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(5) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group is 1
A carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one or more,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidinyl group;
Or R ₆ and R ₇ are combined,

May be constructed. ]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt.

Item 2. In the quinolone compound, R ₄ and R ₅ in the general formula (1) are bonded,

Alternatively, it may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl and oxo groups.

May be built,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 3. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group,
(4) a lower alkenyl group,
(5) a lower alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(8) phenyl lower alkoxy lower alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy lower alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl lower alkoxy lower alkanoyl group,
(11) a lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkylthio lower alkyl group which may have two lower alkyl groups on the amino group,
(13) a hydroxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(15) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(16) an amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have two lower alkyl groups on the amino group,
(17) hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(19) Lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(20) a lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(21) a piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(22) a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(23) a lower alkanoyl lower alkyl group,
(24) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(25) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(29) an amino lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the amino group,
(30) a piperazyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring;
(31) a piperidyl lower alkyl group which may have one morpholinyl group on the piperidine ring,
(32) an azetidyl lower alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl lower alkyl group optionally having two oxo groups on the isoindoline ring,
(34) an amino lower alkanoyloxy lower alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group on the amino group;
(35) a lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group; a morpholinyl lower alkyl group; a piperidyl group optionally having one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and 1 lower alkyl group A carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one group selected from piperazinyl lower alkyl groups optionally having,
(36) one or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkyl group a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group,
(37) 1 a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group,
(38) on the benzene ring, a hydroxy group, may have one benzyloxy group and a lower alkyl group with one or two have have been selected from the group consisting of phosphono oxy group group Benzoyloxy lower alkyl group,
(39) Halogen on the tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) lower alkanoyl group which may have three hydroxy groups and one hydroxy lower alkyl group; hydroxy group; amino group; lower alkoxycarbonylamino group; A piperazinyl group optionally having one alkoxy lower alkyl group; a lower alkanoylamino lower alkyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of an imidazolyl group and a morpholinylpiperidyl group Indicate
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) Lower alkyl group; halogen-substituted lower alkyl group; hydroxy lower alkyl group; selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl lower alkyl group and morpholinyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups,
(8) a carbamoyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(9) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(10) a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have a lower alkyl group and one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(11) a diazepanyl lower alkyl group, or (12) one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group, and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group on the amino group. An amino lower alkyl group which may be
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, one or two groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) may be substituted on the aromatic ring and heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ :
(1) a lower alkyl group,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one or two lower alkyl groups,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₇ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(5) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 3. The medicine according to Item 2, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 4. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group,
(24) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(25) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(27) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(30) a piperazyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkoxy lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(31) piperidyl lower alkyl group,
(35) shows a morpholinyl lower alkyl groups optionally having one carbamoyl lower alkyl group or (36) a lower alkyl group with one or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkyl group,
R ₂ is
(1) represents hydrogen or (2) a lower alkyl group,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, or a furyl group (wherein, one lower alkoxy group may be substituted on the aromatic ring and the heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ above),
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ represents a lower alkoxy group,
Item 4. The medicine according to Item 3, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 5. In the quinolone compound, R ₆ and R ₇ in the general formula (1) are bonded,

May be built,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 6. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group or (36) a lower alkyl group with one or two may have phosphono-lower alkyl group,
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group which one lower alkoxy group may be substituted,
R ₄ represents a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
Item 6. The medicine according to Item 5, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 7. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(3) a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group,
(4) a lower alkenyl group,
(5) a lower alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(8) phenyl lower alkoxy lower alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy lower alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl lower alkoxy lower alkanoyl group,
(11) a lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkylthio lower alkyl group optionally having one or two lower alkyl groups,
(13) a hydroxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(15) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(16) an amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two lower alkyl groups,
(17) hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(19) Lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(20) a lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(21) a piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(22) a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(23) a lower alkanoyl lower alkyl group,
(24) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(25) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(29) an amino lower alkyl group optionally having one or two lower alkyl groups,
(30) a piperazyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring;
(31) a piperidyl lower alkyl group which may have one morpholinyl group on the piperidine ring,
(32) an azetidyl lower alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two oxo groups,
(34) an amino lower alkanoyloxy lower alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(35) a lower alkyl group; a morpholinyl lower alkyl group; a piperidyl group optionally having one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and having a lower alkyl group A carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from piperazinyl lower alkyl groups,
(36) one or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkyl group a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group,
(37) 1 a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group,
(38) on the benzene ring, a hydroxy group, may have one benzyloxy group and a lower alkyl group with one or two have have been selected from the group consisting of phosphono oxy group group Benzoyloxy lower alkyl group,
(39) a halogen on a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) a lower alkanoyl group optionally having 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group and a carboxyl group; a hydroxy group Amino group; lower alkoxycarbonylamino group; piperazinyl group which may have one lower alkoxy lower alkyl group; one or two groups selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group An optionally lower alkanoylamino lower alkyl group,
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) Lower alkyl group; halogen-substituted lower alkyl group; hydroxy lower alkyl group; selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl lower alkyl group and morpholinyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups,
(8) a carbamoyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(9) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(10) a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have a lower alkyl group and one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(11) a diazepanyl lower alkyl group, or (12) one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group, and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group on the amino group. An amino lower alkyl group which may be
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, one or two groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) may be substituted on the aromatic ring and heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ :
(1) a lower alkyl group,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents a halogen, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₇ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(5) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 8. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(3) a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group,
(4) a lower alkenyl group,
(5) a lower alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl group,
(8) benzyloxy lower alkyl group,
(10) benzoyloxy lower alkanoyl group,
(11) a lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkylthio lower alkyl group optionally having one or two lower alkyl groups,
(13) a hydroxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(15) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(16) an amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two lower alkyl groups,
(17) hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(19) Lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(20) a lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(21) a piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(22) a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(24) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(25) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(29) an amino lower alkyl group optionally having one or two lower alkyl groups,
(30) a piperazyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring;
(31) a piperidyl lower alkyl group which may have one morpholinyl group,
(32) an azetidyl lower alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two oxo groups,
(34) an amino lower alkanoyloxy lower alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(35) a lower alkyl group; a morpholinyl lower alkyl group; a piperidyl group optionally having one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and having a lower alkyl group A carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from piperazinyl lower alkyl groups,
(36) one or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkyl group a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group,
(37) 1 a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group or two optionally having phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group,
(38) on the benzene ring, a hydroxy group, may have one benzyloxy group and a lower alkyl group with one or two have have been selected from the group consisting of phosphono oxy group group Benzoyloxy lower alkyl group,
(39) a halogen on a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) a lower alkanoyl group optionally having 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group and a carboxyl group; a hydroxy group Amino group; lower alkoxycarbonylamino group; piperazinyl group which may have one lower alkoxy lower alkyl group; one or two groups selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group An optionally lower alkanoylamino lower alkyl group,
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the aromatic ring and heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ , the following (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (8), (10), (11) And one or two groups selected from the group consisting of (12) may be substituted:
(1) a lower alkyl group,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ is
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 8. The medicine according to Item 7, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 9. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(3) hydrogen, or (4) a lower alkyl group,
Indicate
R ₂ is
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) Lower alkyl group; halogen-substituted lower alkyl group; hydroxy lower alkyl group; one group selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl lower alkyl group and morpholinyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group Or a carbamoyl group which may have two,
(8) a carbamoyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(9) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(10) a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group which may have one lower alkyl group,
(11) a diazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group (13) lower An alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group or (14) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, one group selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) may be substituted on the aromatic ring and heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ :
(1) a lower alkyl group,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) protected hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one lower alkyl group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents a halogen, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₇ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(5) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group is 1
A carbamoyl lower alkoxy group optionally having
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 10. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) represents hydrogen,
R ₂ is
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) Lower alkyl group; halogen-substituted lower alkyl group; hydroxy lower alkyl group; one group selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl lower alkyl group and morpholinyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group Or a carbamoyl group which may have two,
(8) a carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group,
(9) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(10) a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group which may have one lower alkyl group,
(11) a diazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group, or (14) A carboxy lower alkyl group,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ , one lower alkoxy group is substituted: R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
R ₆ represents a hydrogen group,
R ₇ represents a lower alkoxy group,
Item 10. The medicine according to Item 9, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 11. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(1) hydrogen, or (2) a lower alkyl group,
Indicate
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the aromatic ring and the heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ , from the group consisting of the following (7), (8), (9), (10), (12), (13) and (14) One selected group may be substituted:
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one lower alkyl group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents a halogen, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₇ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(5) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group is 1
A carbamoyl lower alkoxy group optionally having
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 12. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, one group selected from the group consisting of the following (7) to (14) may be substituted on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ :
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one lower alkyl group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ is
(2) represents a lower alkoxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 13. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) is
(3) hydrogen, or (4) a lower alkyl group,
Indicate
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ , one lower alkoxy group is substituted: R ₄ represents a halogen, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group,
R ₇ is
(4) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group is 1
A carbamoyl lower alkoxy group optionally having
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group, or (10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
Item 2. The medicine according to Item 1, which is a quinolone compound.

Item 14. In the quinolone compound, R ₁ in the general formula (1) represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group substituted by one lower alkoxy group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ is
(4) benzyloxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group is 1
A carbamoyl lower alkoxy group optionally having
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, or (11) a pyrrolidinyl group,
Item 14. The medicine according to Item 13, which is a quinolone compound.

  Item 15. Item 15. A neurodegenerative disease, a disease associated with a disorder of neurological function, or a decrease in mitochondrial function, comprising as an active ingredient the quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of items 1 to 14 or a salt thereof. A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for diseases associated with the disease.

  Item 16. Neurodegenerative diseases are Parkinson's disease, Parkinson's syndrome, juvenile Parkinsonism, striatal nigra degeneration, progressive supranuclear palsy, pure ataxia, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, prion disease, basal ganglia degeneration Disease, diffuse Lewy body disease, Huntington's disease, spiny erythrocytic chorea, benign hereditary chorea, paroxysmal choreoathetosis, essential tremor, essential myoclonus, Gilles de la Tourette syndrome, Rett syndrome, Degenerative balism, Degenerative muscular dystonia, Athetosis, Spastic torticollis, Mage syndrome, Cerebral palsy, Wilson disease, Segawa disease, Hallelfolden-Spatz syndrome, Axonal dystrophy, Pallus atrophy, Spinocerebellar degeneration, Cortical cerebellar atrophy, Holmes cerebellar atrophy, olive bridge cerebellar atrophy, hereditary olive bridge cerebellar atrophy, Joseph's disease, dentate nucleus red Ryukyu Ryu atrophy, Gerstmann-Stroisler-Scheinka syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Lucy Levy syndrome, May-White syndrome, congenital cerebellar ataxia, periodic hereditary ataxia, telangiectasia , Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive bulbar paralysis, spinal progressive amyotrophy, bulbospinal muscular atrophy, Weldnig-Hoffmann disease, Kugelberg-Wehlander disease, hereditary spastic paraplegia, syringomyelia , Syringomyelia, Arnold Kiary malformation, stiff man syndrome, Klippel file syndrome, phathiorond disease, hypomyelopathy, dandy walker syndrome, spina bifida, Sjogren Larson syndrome, radiation myelopathy, age-related macular degeneration, Stroke selected from cerebral infarction and cerebral hemorrhage and / or associated dysfunction or god It is a disease selected from the group consisting of deficit, treatment and / or prophylactic agent according to Item 15.

Item 17. Diseases associated with impaired neurological function include spinal cord injury, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, radioactive disorder, as well as multiple sclerosis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, transverse myelitis, progressive multiple Item 16. The treatment according to Item 15, which is a disease selected from the group consisting of demyelinating diseases selected from focal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosis panencephalitis, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuritis and Guillain-Barre syndrome and / Or preventive agent.

Item 18. Diseases associated with decreased mitochondrial function include Pearson's syndrome, diabetes, hearing loss, malignant migraine, Leber's disease, MELAS, MERRF, MERRF / Merrus duplication syndrome, NARP, pure myopathy, mitochondrial cardiomyopathy, myopathy , Dementia, gastrointestinal ataxia, acquired ironblastic anemia, aminoglycoside-induced hearing loss, complex III deficiency due to cytochrome b gene mutation, symmetric polylipomatosis, ataxia, myoclonus, retinopathy, MNGIE, ANT1 Abnormalities, twinkle abnormalities, POLG abnormalities, repetitive myoglobinuria, SANDO, ARCO, complex I deficiency, complex II deficiency, optic atrophy, complex IV deficient severe infant type, mitochondrial DNA deficiency syndrome, Lee Encephalopathy, Chronic Progressive Extraocular Muscle Paralysis Syndrome (CPEO), Keynes-Sayer Syndrome, Encephalopathy, Lacticemia, Myoglobinuria, Drug-induced Mitoko Doria disease, schizophrenia, major depressive disorder, bipolar type I disorder, bipolar type II disorder, mixed state, dysthymic disorder, atypical depression, seasonal emotional disorder, postpartum depression, mild depression, repetitive Item 16. The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to Item 15, which is a disease selected from the group consisting of sexual short-term depression disorder, refractory depression, chronic depression, double depression and acute renal failure.

Item 19. An ischemic heart disease and / or a dysfunction associated therewith, heart failure, cardiomyopathy, containing the quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of items 1 to 14 or a salt thereof as an active ingredient Aortic divergence, immunodeficiency, autoimmune disease, pancreatic insufficiency, diabetes, atheroembolic kidney disease, polycystic kidney disease, medullary cystic disease, renal cortical necrosis, malignant nephrosclerosis, renal failure, renal disorder, hepatic encephalopathy , Liver failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary embolism, bronchiectasis, silicosis, black lung, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrosis, muscular dystrophy, clostridial muscle necrosis and A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for diseases of femoral condylar osteonecrosis.

    Item 20. Item 15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of Items 1 to 14 or a salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Item 21. A method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing the quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of Items 1 to 14 or a salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. .

  The more preferable embodiment of the quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) is as follows.

  General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted lower alkyl group,
(4) a lower alkenyl group,
(5) a lower alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(8) phenyl lower alkoxy lower alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy lower alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl lower alkoxy lower alkanoyl group,
(11) a lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(12) an amino lower alkylthio lower alkyl group optionally having 1 or 2 (more preferably 2) lower alkyl groups on the amino group;
(13) a hydroxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(15) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio lower alkyl group,
(16) an amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 or 2 (more preferably 2) lower alkyl groups on the amino group,
(17) hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(19) Lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(20) a lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group,
(21) a piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(22) a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group optionally having one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(23) a lower alkanoyl lower alkyl group,
(24) a carboxy lower alkyl group,
(25) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl lower alkyl group,
(29) an amino lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the amino group,
(30) a piperazyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring;
(31) a piperidyl lower alkyl group which may have one morpholinyl group on the piperidine ring,
(32) an azetidyl lower alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl lower alkyl group optionally having two oxo groups on the isoindoline ring,
(34) an amino lower alkanoyloxy lower alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group on the amino group;
(35) a lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group; a morpholinyl lower alkyl group; a piperidyl group optionally having one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and 1 lower alkyl group A carbamoyl lower alkyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from piperazinyl lower alkyl groups,
(36) a lower alkyl group on the phosphono group which may have one or two phosphono-lower alkyl group,
(37) phosphono oxy have 1 or 2 lower alkyl groups on the phosphono group lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group,
(38) on the benzene ring, hydroxy groups, also protected hydroxy group and a lower alkyl group of 1 or 2 has been selected from the group consisting of which may phosphono group optionally groups have one A good benzoyloxy lower alkyl group,
(39) A tetrahydropyranyl group (more preferably 3 hydroxy groups) which may have 1 to 4 (preferably 4) groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy lower alkyl group and a carboxyl group Group and a tetrahydropyranyl group having one hydroxy lower alkyl group),
Or (40) consisting of halogen; hydroxy group; amino group; lower alkoxycarbonylamino group; piperazinyl group which may have one lower alkoxy lower alkyl group; imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group A lower alkanoylamino lower alkyl group optionally having 1 or 2 groups selected from the group is shown.
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkyl group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a lower alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) Lower alkyl group; halogen-substituted lower alkyl group; hydroxy lower alkyl group; selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl lower alkyl group and morpholinyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups,
(8) a carbamoyl lower alkyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(9) morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(10) a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a pyridyl group which may have one lower alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(11) Diazepanyl lower alkyl group or (12) 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl group, halogen-substituted lower alkyl group, hydroxy lower alkyl group and morpholinyl lower alkyl group on the amino group An amino lower alkyl group which may be substituted.
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group.
Here, one or two groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) may be substituted on the aromatic ring and heterocyclic ring represented by R ₃ :
(1) a lower alkyl group,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a lower alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) a hydroxy lower alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(8) protected hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl lower alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents a halogen, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group.
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen.
Or R ₄ and R ₅ are combined,

Alternatively, it may have 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl and oxo groups

May be constructed.
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a lower alkoxy group.
R ₇ represents any of the following groups (1) to (11).
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a lower alkoxy group,
(3) a hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(4) a protected hydroxy lower alkoxy group,
(5) a lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl lower alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a morpholinyl lower alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having two groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) a carboxy lower alkoxy group,
(10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidinyl group;
Or R ₆ and R ₇ are combined,

May be constructed. ]
Or a salt thereof.

In the foregoing and following description of this specification, preferred examples of the various definitions encompassed within the scope of the invention will now be described in detail.
The term “lower” means a group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) unless otherwise specified.

  Examples of the lower alkyl group include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms). More specifically, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, 1-ethylpropyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 1,2 , 2-trimethylpropyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl group and the like.

Examples of the lower alkenyl group include a straight or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and includes both trans and cis forms. More specifically, for example, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 1-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 1,3-pentadienyl, 2-penten-4-yl, 2-hexenyl, 1- Hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-propenyl, 2-ethyl-1-propenyl, 1,3,5-hexatrienyl, 1,3-hexadienyl, 1,4-hexadienyl group and the like are included.
Examples of the cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups.

The cyclo C3-C8 alkyl part of the cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group is as exemplified above.
Examples of the cyclo-C3-C8 alkyl lower alkyl group include the above-described lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the above-mentioned cyclo C3-C8 alkyl groups.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy group include linear or branched alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms). More specifically, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, iso Hexyloxy, 3-methylpentyloxy groups and the like are included.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkoxy groups exemplified above.

  Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

  Examples of the halogen-substituted lower alkyl group include the above-described lower alkyl groups substituted with 1 to 7, more preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms. More specifically, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, bromomethyl, dibromomethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl , Pentafluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 3-bromopropyl, 3-chloropropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, 2,2,3,3 3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoroisopropyl, 3-chloropropyl, 2-chloropropyl, 3-bromopropyl, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, 4,4,4,3,3-pentafluorobutyl, 4 -Chlorobutyl, 4-bromobutyl, 2-chlorobutyl, , 5,5-trifluoro-pentyl, 5-chloropentyl, 6,6,6-hexyl trifluoromethyl, 6-chloro hexyl, perfluorohexyl group or the like.

  Examples of the halogen-substituted lower alkoxy group include the exemplified lower alkoxy groups substituted with 1 to 7, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms. More specifically, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, bromomethoxy, dibromomethoxy, dichlorofluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, 2 -Chloroethoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, heptafluoropropoxy, heptafluoroisopropoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2-chloropropoxy, 3-bromopropoxy, 4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy, 4, 4,4,3,3-pentafluorobutoxy, 4-chlorobutoxy, 4-bromobutoxy, 2-chlorobutoxy, 5,5,5-trifluoropentoxy, 5-chloropentoxy, 6,6,6- Trifluorohexyloxy, 6- Rollo hexyloxy group and the like.

  Examples of the lower alkylthio group include an alkylthio group in which the alkyl moiety is the lower alkyl group exemplified above.

  Examples of the lower alkanoyl group include linear or branched alkanoyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms). More specifically, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, hexanoyl group and the like are included.

Examples of the halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl group include the above-exemplified lower alkanoyl groups substituted with 1 to 7, more preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms. More specifically, fluoroacetyl, difluoroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, chloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, bromoacetyl, dibromoacetyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoropropionyl, pentafluoropropionyl, 3 -Chlorobutanoyl, 3,3,3-trichlorobutanoyl, 4-chlorobutanoyl group and the like are included.
Examples of the protected hydroxy group include the exemplified lower alkyl group, the exemplified lower alkanoyl group, the phenyl (lower) alkyl group (for example, benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, trityl, etc.), the tetrahydropyranyl group, and the like.

  Examples of the hydroxy lower alkyl group include the above-described lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) hydroxy groups.

  Examples of the protected hydroxy-lower alkyl group include the above-exemplified lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the above-described protected hydroxy groups.

  Examples of the amino lower alkanoyl group include the lower alkanoyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) amino groups.

  Examples of the hydroxy lower alkanoyl group include the lower alkanoyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) hydroxy groups.

  Examples of the protected hydroxy-lower alkanoyl group include the exemplified lower alkanoyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the exemplified protected hydroxy groups.

The phosphono-lower alkanoyl group, for example, a one to three (preferably one) having the exemplary protected phosphono group, the above exemplified lower alkanoyl group.

Phosphono-lower alkanoyl moiety of the phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy groups are as described above.

The phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group, for example, a one to three (preferably one) having the exemplary phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy group, the above exemplified lower alkyl group.

  Examples of the amino lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) amino groups.

  Examples of the carboxy lower alkyl group include the above-described lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) carboxy groups.

  Examples of the carbamoyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) carbamoyl groups.

  Examples of the lower alkanoyl lower alkyl group include the above-exemplified lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkanoyl groups.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkoxy groups.

The phosphono-lower alkyl group, for example, a one to three (preferably one) having an Posuhoriruokishi group, the above exemplified lower alkyl group.

  Examples of the lower alkylthio-lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkylthio groups exemplified above.

  The lower alkanoyl part of the lower alkanoylamino group is as described above.

Examples of the lower alkanoylamino lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkanoylamino groups exemplified above.

The amino lower alkyl part of the amino lower alkylthio group is as described above.
Examples of the amino lower alkylthio lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) amino lower alkylthio groups exemplified above.

  The hydroxy lower alkyl part of the hydroxy lower alkylthio group is as described above. Examples of the hydroxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) hydroxy lower alkylthio groups exemplified above.

  The carboxy lower alkyl part of the carboxy lower alkylthio group is as described above. Examples of the carboxy lower alkylthio lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the above exemplified carboxy lower alkylthio groups.

The lower alkoxy moiety of the lower alkoxycarbonyl group is as exemplified above.
The lower alkoxycarbonyl moiety of the lower alkoxycarbonylamino group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group include the exemplified lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the exemplified lower alkoxycarbonyl groups.

  The lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl part of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylthio groups exemplified above.

The lower alkyl part of the lower alkylthiocarbonyl group is as described above.
The amino lower alkanoyl part of the amino lower alkanoyloxy group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the amino lower alkanoyloxy lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) amino lower alkanoyloxy groups.

  Examples of the amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl group include the lower alkylthiocarbonyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) amino groups.

  Examples of the amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) amino lower alkylthiocarbonyl groups exemplified above.

Examples of the benzoyloxy lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) benzoyloxy groups.
The hydroxy lower alkyl part of the hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) hydroxy lower alkylsulfonyl groups exemplified above.

  The carboxy lower alkyl moiety of the carboxy lower alkyl sulfonyl group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the above exemplified carboxy lower alkylsulfonyl groups.

  The lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl part of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl groups exemplified above.

  The lower alkanoyl lower alkyl moiety of the lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl group is as exemplified above.

  Examples of the lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) lower alkanoyl lower alkylsulfonyl groups exemplified above.

  Examples of the hydroxy lower alkoxy group include the above-described lower alkoxy groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) hydroxy groups.

  Examples of the protected hydroxy lower alkoxy group include the above-described lower alkoxy groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) of the above-described protected hydroxy groups.

  Examples of the carboxy lower alkoxy group include the lower alkoxy groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) carboxy groups.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group include the exemplified lower alkoxy groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) exemplified lower alkoxycarbonyl groups.

  Examples of the carbamoyl lower alkoxy group include the lower alkoxy groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) carbamoyl groups.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group include the exemplified lower alkoxy groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) exemplified lower alkoxy groups.

Examples of the piperazinyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) piperazinyl groups.

  Examples of the piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group include the above exemplified lower alkyl groups in which 1 to 3 (preferably 1) piperazinyl lower alkyl moieties have the piperazinyl lower alkylsulfonyl group exemplified above. .

  Examples of the piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl group include the above-exemplified lower alkylsulfonyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) piperazinylcarbonyl groups.

  Examples of the piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl lower alkyl group include the above-described lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) the above-described piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkylsulfonyl groups. .

  Examples of the piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl group include the lower alkoxycarbonyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) piperazinyl groups.

  Examples of the piperazinyl lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group include the above exemplified lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) the above piperazinyl group lower alkoxycarbonyl.

  Examples of the morpholinyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) morpholinyl groups.

  Examples of the oxazepanyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) oxazepanyl groups.

  Examples of the piperidyl lower alkyl group include the above-described lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) piperidyl groups.

  Examples of the azetidyl lower alkyl group include the lower alkyl groups exemplified above having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) azetidyl groups.

  Examples of the isoindolyl lower alkyl group include the above-exemplified lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) isoindolyl groups.

  Examples of the diazepanyl lower alkyl group include the above-exemplified lower alkyl groups having 1 to 3 (preferably 1) diazepanyl groups.

  The production method of the compound of the present invention will be described below.

The quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (1)) can be produced by various methods. For example, the following reaction formula-1 or reaction can be given. It is manufactured by the method shown by Formula-2.
[Reaction Formula-1]

[Wherein, R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as defined above, and X ₁ represents a halogen atom. ]
Examples of the halogen atom represented by X ₁ include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.

  In this reaction, a preferable leaving group includes halogen, and iodine is particularly preferable.

  The compound represented by the general formula (2) and the compound represented by the general formula (3) are reacted in a solvent-free or inert solvent in the presence or absence of a basic compound and in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Compound (1) can be produced.

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; Lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), hexamethylphosphoric triamide, acetonitrile be able to. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

Although it does not specifically limit as a palladium compound used in this reaction, For example, tetravalent palladium catalysts, such as sodium hexachloro palladium (IV) acid tetrahydrate and potassium hexachloro palladium (IV); II), palladium (II) bromide, palladium (II) acetate, palladium acetylacetonate (II), dichlorobis (benzonitrile) palladium (II), dichlorobis (acetonitrile) palladium (II), dichlorobis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II), dichlorotetraamminepalladium (II), dichloro (cycloocta-1,5-diene) palladium (II), palladium trifluoroacetate (II), 1,1′-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene dichloro Divalent palladium catalysts such as palladium (II) -dichloromethane complex; tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium chloroform complex (0), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0 ) And the like. These palladium compounds are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  In this reaction, the amount of the palladium catalyst used is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 0.000001 to 20 mol in terms of palladium with respect to 1 mol of the compound of the general formula (2). The more preferable usage-amount of a palladium compound is the range of 0.0001-5 mol in conversion of palladium with respect to 1 mol of compounds of General formula (2).

  This reaction proceeds advantageously in the presence of an appropriate ligand. Examples of the ligand for the palladium catalyst include 2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP), tri-o-tolylphosphine, bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene, triphenylphosphine, Tri-t-butylphosphine, 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) xanthene (XANTPHOS), or the like can be used. These ligands are used alone or in combination of two or more.

  The usage ratio of the palladium catalyst and the ligand is not particularly limited. The amount of the ligand used is about 0.1 to 100 mol, preferably about 0.5 to 15 mol, per 1 mol of the palladium catalyst.

  As the basic compound, known inorganic bases and organic bases can be widely used.

  Examples of the inorganic base include alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and lithium carbonate; hydrogen carbonate Alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as lithium, sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate; Alkali metals such as sodium and potassium; Phosphate salts such as sodium phosphate and potassium phosphate; Amides such as sodium amide; Sodium hydride and hydrogenated Examples thereof include alkali metal hydrides such as potassium.

  Examples of organic bases include alkali metal lower alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide; triethylamine, tripropylamine, pyridine, quinoline, piperidine , Imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5. And amines such as 4.0] undecene-7 (DBU) and 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO).

  These basic compounds are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. More preferably, the basic compound used in this reaction includes alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and lithium carbonate.

  The usage-amount of a basic compound is 0.5-10 times mole normally with respect to the compound of General formula (2), Preferably it is 0.5-6 times mole.

  The usage ratio of the compound of the general formula (2) and the compound of the general formula (3) in the above reaction formula-1 is usually set to at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar, with respect to the former. .

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours. It can also be achieved by heating at 100 to 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to 1 hour using a microwave reactor.

The compound represented by the general formula (3) used as a starting material in the above reaction formula-1 is a known compound that is easily available. The compound represented by the general formula (2) includes a novel compound, and the compound is produced, for example, according to the method shown in the following reaction formula-6.
[Reaction Formula-2]

[Wherein, R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as described above, and R ₈ represents a lower alkoxy group. ]
In the general formula (5), the lower alkoxy group represented by R ₈ has the same definition as described above.

  By reacting the compound represented by the general formula (4) with the compound represented by the general formula (5) in a solvent-free or inert solvent in the presence or absence of an acid catalyst, the general formula (6) The compound of the general formula (1) can be produced by obtaining an intermediate compound represented by

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; Examples include lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol; polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), hexamethylphosphoric triamide and acetonitrile. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  As the acid catalyst, known ones can be widely used, and examples thereof include acids such as toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, glacial acetic acid, boron trifluoride and acidic ion exchangers. These acid catalysts are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  Among these acids, it is preferable to use an acidic ion exchanger, and examples of the acidic ion exchanger include commercially available polymer cation exchangers such as Lewatit S100 and Zeo-carb 225. Styrene sulfonic acid polymers such as Dowex 50, Amberlite IR 120 or Amberlyst 15; Polysulfonic acid condensates such as Rewacit PN or Zeo-Carb 215 or 315; Rewacit CNO or Duolite ( Duolite) m-phenol carboxylic acid resin such as CS100; or polyacrylic acid esters such as Permutit C, Zeo-carb 226 or Amberlite IRC50. Among them, in particular to use Amberlyst 15 preferred.

  The usage-amount of an acid catalyst is the range of 0.0001 times mole-100 times mole normally with respect to the compound of General formula (4), Preferably it is 0.5-6 times mole.

  The use ratio of the compound of the general formula (4) and the compound of the general formula (5) in the above reaction formula-2 is usually such that the latter is at least equimolar to the former, preferably about equimolar to 5 times molar. .

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C., preferably at room temperature to 150 ° C., during which time water is removed azeotropically until the generation of reaction water is completed, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours. To do.

  The step of producing the compound represented by the general formula (1) from the intermediate compound represented by the general formula (6) by a cyclization reaction can be carried out by heating in a solvent such as diphenyl ether, It can also be carried out by heating the compound even in the absence of a solvent. The reaction is carried out at 150 to 300 ° C. for 5 minutes to 2 hours.

The compound represented by the general formula (4) used as a starting material in the above reaction formula-2 is a known compound or can be easily produced from a known compound. The compound represented by the general formula (5) includes a novel compound, and the compound is produced, for example, according to the methods shown in the following reaction formula-4 and the following reaction formula-5.
[Reaction Formula-3]

[Wherein R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as above, R ₁ ′ is a group represented by R ₁ other than hydrogen, and X ₂ is a halogen Or the group which causes the substitution reaction similar to a halogen atom is shown. ]
In the general formula (7), examples of the halogen represented by X ₂ include the halogen atoms exemplified above. Examples of the group that causes the same substitution reaction as the halogen atom represented by X ₂ include a lower alkanesulfonyloxy group, an arylsulfonyloxy group, an aralkylsulfonyloxy group, and the like.

  Specific examples of the lower alkanesulfonyloxy group include methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, n-propanesulfonyloxy, isopropanesulfonyloxy, n-butanesulfonyloxy, tert-butanesulfonyloxy, n-pentanesulfonyloxy, n Examples thereof include straight-chain or branched alkanesulfonyloxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the hexanesulfonyloxy group.

  Examples of the arylsulfonyloxy group include, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a nitro group as a substituent on the phenyl ring. And phenylsulfonyloxy and naphthylsulfonyloxy groups which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms. Specific examples of the phenylsulfonyloxy group which may have a substituent include phenylsulfonyloxy, 4-methylphenylsulfonyloxy, 2-methylphenylsulfonyloxy, 4-nitrophenylsulfonyloxy, 4-methoxyphenylsulfonyloxy, Examples include 2-nitrophenylsulfonyloxy and 3-chlorophenylsulfonyloxy groups. Specific examples of the naphthylsulfonyloxy group include an α-naphthylsulfonyloxy group and a β-naphthylsulfonyloxy group.

  Examples of the aralkylsulfonyloxy group include, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a nitro group as a substituent on the phenyl ring. And a straight chain or branched alkanesulfonyloxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted by a phenyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, and a carbon number substituted by a naphthyl group Examples thereof include 1 to 6 linear or branched alkanesulfonyloxy groups. Specific examples of the alkanesulfonyloxy group substituted with the phenyl group include benzylsulfonyloxy, 2-phenylethylsulfonyloxy, 4-phenylbutylsulfonyloxy, 4-methylbenzylsulfonyloxy, 2-methylbenzylsulfonyloxy, 4- Examples thereof include nitrobenzylsulfonyloxy, 4-methoxybenzylsulfonyloxy, 3-chlorobenzylsulfonyloxy group and the like. Specific examples of the alkanesulfonyloxy group substituted with the naphthyl group include α-naphthylmethylsulfonyloxy and β-naphthylmethylsulfonyloxy groups.

  By reacting the compound represented by the general formula (1a) with the compound represented by the general formula (7) in a solvent-free or inert solvent in the presence or absence of a basic compound, the general formula (1b) ) Can be produced.

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; Lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), hexamethylphosphoric triamide, acetonitrile be able to. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  As the basic compound, known inorganic bases and organic bases can be widely used.

  Examples of the inorganic base include alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and lithium carbonate; hydrogen carbonate Examples thereof include alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as lithium, sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate; alkali metals such as sodium and potassium; amides such as sodium amide; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride. .

Examples of organic bases include alkali metal lower alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide; triethylamine, tripropylamine, pyridine, quinoline, piperidine , Imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5. And amines such as 4.0] undecene-7 (DBU) and 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO).

  These basic compounds are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. More preferable examples of the basic compound used in this reaction include inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride.

  The usage-amount of a basic compound is 0.5-10 mol normally with respect to 1 mol of compounds of General formula (1a), Preferably it is 0.5-6 mol.

  In the reaction formula-1, the compound of the general formula (7) is usually used in an amount of at least about 1 mol, preferably about 1 mol to 5 mol, per 1 mol of the compound of the general formula (1a).

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed under a temperature condition of 0 to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

  The compound represented by the general formula (7) used as a starting material in the reaction formula-3 is a known compound that is easily available.

In addition, the compound (5) and the compound (2), which are raw material compounds of the compound of the present invention, include a novel compound and can be produced by various methods. It is manufactured by the method shown by.
[Scheme-4]

[Wherein R ₂ , R ₃ and R ₈ are the same as defined above, and R ₉ represents a lower alkoxy group. ]
In the general formula (9), the lower alkoxy group represented by R ₉ has the same definition as described above.

  By reacting the compound represented by the general formula (8) with the compound represented by the general formula (9) in a solvent-free or inert solvent in the presence or absence of a basic compound, the general formula ( The compound represented by 5) can be produced.

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; Lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), hexamethylphosphoric triamide, acetonitrile be able to. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  As the basic compound, known inorganic bases and organic bases can be widely used.

  Examples of the inorganic base include alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and lithium carbonate; hydrogen carbonate Examples thereof include alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as lithium, sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate; alkali metals such as sodium and potassium; amides such as sodium amide; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride. .

  Examples of organic bases include alkali metal lower alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide; triethylamine, tripropylamine, pyridine, quinoline, piperidine , Imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5. And amines such as 4.0] undecene-7 (DBU) and 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO).

  These basic compounds are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. More preferable examples of the basic compound used in this reaction include inorganic bases such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride.

  The usage-amount of a basic compound is about 1 mol-about 10 mol normally with respect to 1 mol of compounds of General formula (8), Preferably it is about 1 mol-6 mol.

  In the above reaction formula-4, the compound of the general formula (9) is usually used in an amount of at least about 1 mol, preferably about 1 mol to 5 mol, per 1 mol of the compound of the general formula (8).

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

The compounds represented by the general formulas (8) and (9) used as starting materials in the above reaction formula-4 are known compounds that are readily available.
[Reaction Formula-5]

[Wherein, R ₂ , R ₃ and R ₈ are the same as defined above, and X ₃ represents a halogen atom. ]
In the general formula (9 ′), the halogen atom represented by X ₃ has the same definition as described above.

  A compound represented by the general formula (8 ′) and a compound represented by the general formula (9 ′) are mixed with a basic compound such as cesium carbonate and copper such as copper iodide in a solvent-free or inert solvent. A compound represented by the general formula (5) can be produced by reacting in the presence of a catalyst.

  As the inert solvent, for example, polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and acetonitrile are preferable. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  This reaction may be performed in the presence of an amino acid such as L-proline.

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

  The compounds represented by the general formulas (8 ′) and (9 ′) used as starting materials in the above Reaction Scheme-5 are known compounds, or can be easily produced from known compounds.

  [Reaction Formula-6]

[Wherein, R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as defined above, and X _1a represents a halogen. R ₁₀ represents a lower alkyl group. ]
The lower alkyl group represented by R ₁₀ and the halogen represented by X _1a have the same definition as described above.
The compound represented by the general formula (4), the compound represented by the general formula (10), and the compound represented by the general formula (11) are subjected to a condensation reaction in a solvent-free or inert solvent. The compound represented by 12) can be produced.

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; methylene chloride, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride. Halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc .; lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol; N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) And polar solvents such as hexamethylphosphoric triamide and acetonitrile. Moreover, the compound represented by General formula (11) can be used as a solvent instead of the said solvent. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  The use ratio of the compound of the general formula (4) and the compound of the general formula (10) in the above reaction formula-6 is usually such that the latter is at least equimolar to the former, preferably about equimolar to 5 times molar. .

  The compound represented by the general formula (11) is used in excess with respect to the compound of the general formula (10).

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

  The compound represented by the general formula (13) can be produced by cyclizing the compound represented by the general formula (12) in a solvent-free or inert solvent.

  Examples of the inert solvent include ether solvents such as diphenyl ether.

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 300 ° C, preferably 150 to 300 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

  By reacting the compound represented by the general formula (13) and the compound represented by the general formula (14) in a solvent-free or inert solvent in the presence or absence of a basic compound, the general formula (2a ) Can be produced.

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; Lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), hexamethylphosphoric triamide, acetonitrile be able to. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  As the basic compound, known inorganic bases and organic bases can be widely used.

  Examples of the inorganic base include alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, and lithium carbonate; hydrogen carbonate Examples thereof include alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as lithium, sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate; alkali metals such as sodium and potassium; amides such as sodium amide; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride. .

  Examples of the organic base include alkali metal alcoholates such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium methoxide, potassium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide; triethylamine, tripropylamine, pyridine, quinoline, piperidine, Imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4 0.0] undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), and other amines.

  These basic compounds are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. More preferably, the basic compound used in this reaction includes alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and lithium carbonate.

  The usage-amount of a basic compound is 0.5-10 times mole normally with respect to the compound of General formula (13), Preferably it is 0.5-6 times mole.

  The proportion of the compound of general formula (13) and the compound of general formula (14) used in the above reaction formula-6 is usually at least 0.5 times mol, preferably about 0.5 to 5 times mol of the latter with respect to the former. And it is sufficient.

  This reaction can be performed under normal pressure, under an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or under pressure.

  The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

The compounds represented by the general formulas (10), (11) and (14) used as starting materials in the above reaction formula-6 are known compounds that are readily available.
[Reaction Formula-7]

[Wherein, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , and R ₇ are the same as defined above, and R _1a represents
Phosphono-lower alkyl group having a hydroxy protecting group, hydroxy protecting phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group having a group or, on the benzene ring, benzoyloxy-lower alkyl group having a phosphono group having a hydroxy protecting group, R _1b is , phosphono-lower alkyl group, phosphono-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl group, or, on the benzene ring, showing a benzoyloxy lower alkyl group having a phosphono group. ]
Compound (1d) can be produced by subjecting compound (1c) to a deprotection reaction of a hydroxy protecting group in a solvent-free or inert solvent.

  Examples of the inert solvent include water; ether solvents such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; methylene chloride, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride. Halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc .; lower alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol; N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) And polar solvents such as hexamethylphosphoric triamide and acetonitrile. Moreover, the compound represented by General formula (1c) can be used as a solvent instead of the said solvent. These inert solvents are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.

  This reaction is performed according to conventional methods such as hydrolysis or reduction.

  The hydrolysis is preferably performed in the presence of a base or an acid including a Lewis acid.

  Suitable bases include, for example, alkali metal hydroxides (eg, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide), alkaline earth metal hydroxides (eg, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide), alkali metal carbonates (eg, , Sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate), inorganic bases such as alkaline earth metal carbonates (eg, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate), alkali metal bicarbonates (eg, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate); and trialkylamines (Eg trimethylamine, triethylamine), picoline, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane and 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undeca- And organic bases such as 7-ene.

Suitable acids include organic acids (eg, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid) and inorganic acids (eg, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid).
Deprotection with a Lewis acid such as trihaloacetic acid (eg, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid) is preferably performed in the presence of a cation scavenger (eg, anisole, phenol). In this reaction, a liquid base or acid can also be used as a solvent.

  The reaction temperature is not limited, and the reaction is usually carried out under cooling or warming.

  Reaction methods applicable to the elimination reaction include chemical reduction and catalytic reduction.

  Suitable reducing agents used in chemical reduction are metals (eg, tin, zinc, iron) or metal compounds (eg, chromium chloride, chromium acetate) and organic or inorganic acids (eg, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, (Fluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid).

  Suitable catalysts for use in catalytic reduction include platinum catalysts (eg, platinum plate, platinum sponge, platinum black, colloidal platinum, platinum oxide, platinum wire), palladium catalysts (eg, palladium sponge, palladium black, palladium oxide, Palladium-carbon, colloidal palladium, palladium-barium sulfate, palladium-barium carbonate), nickel catalyst (eg, reduced nickel, nickel oxide, Raney nickel), cobalt catalyst (eg, reduced cobalt, Raney cobalt), iron catalyst (eg, Conventional ones such as reduced iron, Raney iron) and copper catalysts (eg reduced copper, Raney copper, Ullmann copper).

  Usually, this reaction is carried out using a conventional solvent that does not adversely influence the reaction, for example, water, methanol, ethanol, trifluoroethanol, ethylene glycol and other alcohols, acetone, diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and other ethers, chloroform, chloride It is carried out in a solvent such as halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene and ethylene chloride, esters such as methyl acetate and ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, pyridine or other organic solvents or mixtures thereof. The above reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

Furthermore, the deprotection reaction of the hydroxy protecting group is not limited to the above reaction conditions, and is described in, for example, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” 4th edition of TWGreen, PGMWuts and John Wiley &Sons; New York, 1991, P.309. This reaction can also be applied to this reaction process.
The starting compound used in each of the above reaction formulas may be a suitable salt, and the target compound obtained in each reaction may form a suitable salt. Suitable salts thereof include suitable salts of the compound (1) exemplified below.

Suitable salts of the compound (1) are pharmacologically acceptable salts such as alkali metal salts (for example, sodium salts and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (for example, calcium salts and magnesium salts). Metal salts such as ammonium salts, alkali metal carbonates (for example, lithium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc.), alkali metal hydrocarbon salts (for example, lithium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.) , Salts of inorganic bases such as alkali metal hydroxides (for example, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide, etc.); for example, tri (lower) alkylamines (for example, trimethylamine, triethylamine, N- Ethyldiisopropylamine), pyridine, quinoline, piperidine, imidazole, pico , Dimethylaminopyridine, dimethylaniline, N- (lower) alkyl-morpholine (eg, N-methylmorpholine), 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8- Salts of organic bases such as diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), trishydroxymethylaminomethane; hydrochloride, hydrogen bromide Salts of inorganic acids such as acid, hydroiodide, sulfate, nitrate, phosphate; formate, acetate, propionate, oxalate, malonate, succinate, fumarate, Maleate, lactate, malate, citrate, tartrate, carbonate, picrate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, glutamate, etc. Salts of organic acids, and the like.

  In addition, compounds in a form in which a solvate (eg, hydrate, ethanolate, etc.) is added to the raw materials and target compounds shown in each reaction formula are also included in each general formula. Preferred solvates include hydrates.

  Each target compound obtained in each of the above reaction formulas is obtained by cooling the reaction mixture, for example, separating the crude reaction product by an isolation operation such as filtration, concentration, extraction, etc., and performing column chromatography, recrystallization, etc. It can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by ordinary purification procedures.

  The compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention naturally includes isomers such as geometric isomers, stereoisomers, and optical isomers.

The following points should be noted regarding the compound of the general formula (1). That is, when the definition of R _{1 in} the general formula (1) is hydrogen, it includes a tautomer of a quinolone ring. That is, in the quinolone compound of the general formula (1), the formula (1 ′) in which R ₁ represents hydrogen.

[Wherein, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as described above. ] Is a compound of the tautomer (1 ″)

[Wherein, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as described above. ]. That is, the compounds represented by the formulas (1 ′) and (1 ″) are both in a tautomeric equilibrium state that can be represented by the following equilibrium formula.

[Wherein, R ₂ , R ₃ , R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ and R ₇ are the same as described above. ]
As described above, this type of tautomerism between 4-quinolone compounds and 4-hydroxyquinoline compounds is well known in the art, and both tautomers are in equilibrium and are in a state where they can be converted into each other. This will be apparent to those skilled in the art.

  Accordingly, the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention naturally includes the above tautomers.

  In this specification, the structural formula of the 4-quinolone compound is used for the purpose of including such a tautomeric compound and the structural formula of the starting compound for convenience.

The present invention also provides the same isotope as the compound represented by the general formula (1) except that one or more atoms are replaced by one or more atoms having a specific atomic mass or mass number. Also includes body labeled compounds. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds of the present invention include hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen such as ² H, ³ H, ¹³ C, ¹⁴ C, ¹⁵ N, ¹⁸ O, ¹⁷ O, ¹⁸ F, ³⁶ Cl, respectively. Oxygen, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine isotopes. Specific isotope-labeled compounds of the invention containing the above isotopes and / or other isotopes of other atoms, for example, compounds incorporating radioactive isotopes such as ³ H and ¹⁴ C, Useful in drug tissue distribution assays and / or matrix tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (ie, ³ H) and carbon-14 (ie, ¹⁴ C) isotopes are particularly preferred due to their ease of preparation and detectability. In addition, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (ie, ² H) provides certain therapeutic benefits resulting from improved metabolic stability, eg, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. Can be expected. The isotope-labeled compounds of the present invention are generally obtained by substituting non-isotopically labeled reagents with readily available isotope-labeled reagents by the methods disclosed in the above reaction schemes and / or examples below. Can be prepared.

  The compound of the general formula (1) and a salt thereof are used in the form of a general pharmaceutical preparation. The preparation is prepared by using diluents or excipients such as fillers, extenders, binders, moisturizers, disintegrants, surfactants, lubricants and the like that are usually used. Various forms of this pharmaceutical preparation can be selected according to the purpose of treatment. Representative examples thereof include tablets, pills, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules, capsules, suppositories, injections ( Liquid, suspension, etc.).

  In molding into a tablet form, various carriers well known in the art can be widely used as carriers. Examples thereof include excipients such as lactose, sucrose, sodium chloride, glucose, urea, starch, calcium carbonate, kaolin, crystalline cellulose, silicic acid, water, ethanol, propanol, simple syrup, glucose solution, starch solution, Binders such as gelatin solution, carboxymethylcellulose, shellac, methylcellulose, potassium phosphate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, dry starch, sodium alginate, agar powder, laminaran powder, sodium bicarbonate, calcium carbonate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, lauryl sulfate Disintegrators such as sodium, stearic acid monoglyceride, starch, lactose, disintegration inhibitors such as sucrose, stearin, cocoa butter, hydrogenated oil, absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium base, sodium lauryl sulfate, glyce Emissions, moisturizing agents such as starch, starch, lactose, kaolin, bentonite, adsorbent such as colloidal silicic acid, purified talc, stearates, boric acid powder, a lubricant such as polyethylene glycol can be used. Further, the tablets can be made into tablets with ordinary coatings as necessary, for example, sugar-coated tablets, gelatin-encapsulated tablets, enteric-coated tablets, film-coated tablets, double tablets, and multilayer tablets.

  When forming into the form of a pill, those conventionally known in this field can be widely used as the carrier. Examples include excipients such as glucose, lactose, starch, cacao butter, hydrogenated vegetable oil, kaolin and talc, binders such as gum arabic powder, tragacanth powder, gelatin, ethanol, and disintegrants such as laminaran and agar. Can be used.

  In molding into a suppository form, conventionally known carriers can be widely used. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol, cocoa butter, higher alcohols, higher alcohol esters, gelatin, semi-synthetic glycerides and the like.

  Capsules are usually prepared by mixing the active ingredient compound with the various carriers exemplified above and filling them into hard gelatin capsules, soft capsules and the like according to conventional methods.

  When prepared as injections, solutions, emulsions and suspensions are preferably sterilized and isotonic with blood, and are commonly used in this field as diluents when molded into these forms For example, water, ethyl alcohol, macrogol, propylene glycol, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohol, polyoxylated isostearyl alcohol, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters and the like can be used.

  In this case, a sufficient amount of sodium chloride, glucose or glycerin may be contained in the pharmaceutical preparation to prepare an isotonic solution, and a normal solubilizing agent, buffering agent, soothing agent, etc. may be added. May be. Further, if necessary, a colorant, a preservative, a flavoring agent, a sweetening agent, and other pharmaceuticals may be contained in the pharmaceutical preparation.

The amount of the compound of the general formula (1) or a salt thereof to be contained in the pharmaceutical preparation of the present invention is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected from a wide range, but is usually about 0.1 to 70 in the preparation composition. % By weight, preferably about 0.1 to 30% by weight.

  The administration method of the pharmaceutical preparation of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it is administered by a method according to various preparation forms, patient age, sex and other conditions, disease degree, and the like. For example, in the case of tablets, pills, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules and capsules, they are administered orally. In the case of an injection, it is administered intravenously alone or mixed with a normal replacement fluid such as glucose and amino acids, and further administered alone intramuscularly, intradermally, subcutaneously or intraperitoneally as necessary. In the case of a suppository, it is administered intrarectally.

  The dosage of the pharmaceutical preparation of the present invention is appropriately selected depending on the usage, the patient's age, sex and other conditions, the degree of disease, etc., but the amount of the active ingredient compound is usually about 0.1 to 0.1 kg / kg body weight per day. It should be about 10 mg. In addition, the active ingredient compound is desirably contained in the dosage unit form in a range of about 1 to 200 mg.

  The compound of the present invention could not be obtained by conventional therapies by administering in combination with L-dopa preparations, dopamine receptor agonists, dopamine metabolizing enzyme inhibitors, dopamine release accelerators, central anticholinergic agents, etc. Effects such as dose reduction, side effect improvement, and therapeutic effect enhancement can be obtained.

  Since the compound of the present invention has an effect of improving mitochondrial function protection and / or protecting and restoring functions of nerve cells, etc., it is a neurodegenerative disease, a disease associated with impaired nerve function, a disease associated with decreased mitochondrial function. Effective for treatment and prevention.

  Neurodegenerative diseases include Parkinson's disease, Parkinson's syndrome, juvenile parkinsonism, striatal nigra degeneration, progressive supranuclear paralysis, pure ataxia, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, prion disease, basal ganglia Degenerative disease, diffuse Lewy body disease, Huntington's disease, spiny erythroid chorea, benign hereditary chorea, paroxysmal choreoathetosis, essential tremor, essential myoclonus, Gilles de la Tourette syndrome, Rett syndrome , Degenerative balism, deformed muscular dystonia, athetosis, spastic torticollis, mage syndrome, cerebral palsy, Wilson disease, Segawa disease, Hallelfolden spats syndrome, neuroaxonal dystrophy, pallidal atrophy, spinocerebellar degeneration , Cortical cerebellar atrophy, Holmes cerebellar atrophy, olive bridge cerebellar atrophy, hereditary olive bridge cerebellar atrophy, Joseph's disease, dentate nucleus Nucleus Ryukyu atrophy, Gerstmann-Stroisler-Scheinka syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Lucy-Levy syndrome, May-White syndrome, congenital cerebellar ataxia, periodic hereditary ataxia, telangiectasia Ataxia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive bulbar palsy, spinal progressive amyotrophy, bulbospinal muscular atrophy, Weldnig-Hoffmann disease, Kugelberg-Wehlander disease, hereditary spastic paraplegia, spinal cavity Symptom, syringomyelia, Arnold Kiary malformation, stiff man syndrome, Klippel file syndrome, phathiorond disease, hypomyelopathy, dandy walker syndrome, spina bifida, schughren-larson syndrome, radiation myelopathy, age-related macular degeneration , Stroke (eg, cerebral infarction, cerebral hemorrhage, etc.) and / or associated dysfunction or neuroprolapse It includes symptoms.

  Diseases associated with impaired neurological function include spinal cord injury, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, radioactive disorders, demyelinating diseases (eg, multiple sclerosis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, transverse spinal cord) Inflammation, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosis panencephalitis, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuritis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, etc.).

Diseases associated with reduced mitochondrial function include Pearson's syndrome, diabetes, hearing loss, malignant migraine, Leber's disease, MELAS, MARF, MERRF, MARF / Melas double syndrome, NARP
, Pure myopathy, mitochondrial cardiomyopathy, myopathy, dementia, gastrointestinal ataxia, acquired ironblastic anemia, aminoglycoside-induced hearing loss, complex with cytochrome b gene mutation III
Deficiency, symmetrical multiple lipomatosis, ataxia, myoclonus, retinopathy, MNGIE, ANT1 abnormality, twinkle abnormality, POLG abnormality, repetitive myoglobinuria, SANDO, ARCO, complex I deficiency, complex Body II deficiency, optic nerve atrophy, complex IV deficient severe infant type, mitochondrial DNA
Deficiency syndrome, Lee's encephalopathy, chronic progressive extraocular palsy syndrome (CPEO), Keynes-Sayer syndrome, encephalopathy, lactic acidemia, myoglobinuria, drug-induced mitochondrial disease, schizophrenia, major depressive disorder, bipolar I Type disorder, bipolar type II disorder, mixed state, dysthymic disorder, atypical depression, seasonal emotional disorder, postpartum depression, mild depression, recurrent short-term depression disorder, refractory depression, chronic depression Including double depression, acute renal failure.

  Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be used for ischemic heart disease and / or dysfunction associated therewith, heart failure, cardiomyopathy, aortic dissection, immunodeficiency, autoimmune disease, pancreatic failure, diabetes, atheroembolic kidney disease, multiple cysts Kidney, medullary cystic disease, renal cortical necrosis, malignant nephrosclerosis, renal failure, renal disorder, hepatic encephalopathy, liver failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary embolism, bronchiectasis, silicosis, black lung, idiopathic It is effective in the treatment and / or prevention of diseases of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrosis, muscular dystrophy, clostridial muscular necrosis and femoral condylar osteonecrosis.

The compounds of the present invention include L-dopa preparations, dopamine receptor agonists, dopamine metabolizing enzyme inhibitors, dopamine release promoters, central anticholinergic agents or cholinesterase inhibitors, glutamate N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonists Or administration in combination with drugs used for thrombolytic therapy, anti-cerebral edema therapy, cerebral protection therapy, anti-thrombotic therapy and plasma dilution therapy, reduced dosage, improved side effects, Effects such as enhanced therapeutic effects can be obtained.

  The compound (1) of the present invention or a part of the salt thereof is remarkably excellent in water solubility, for example.

  In particular, the compound (1d) or a salt thereof is remarkably excellent in solubility in water, for example.

The compound of the compound of the present invention is excellent in all three effects of mitochondrial function protection improving action, nerve cell protection / function repair action and QR2 inhibitory action, or one or two of the actions are remarkably excellent. .
Therefore, the compound of the present invention has a broad therapeutic spectrum for central nervous system diseases and the like and has an excellent clinical effect.

  Hereinafter, the present invention will be further clarified with reference examples, examples, and pharmacological test examples.

  Reference example 1

Preparation of N- (3-hydroxynaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide 3-amino-2-naphthol 5.0 g (31.4 mmol) in acetone solution (60 ml) Sodium carbonate 4.77 g (34.5 mmol) in aqueous solution (20 ml) was added. The mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and then 2.27 ml (32.0 mmol) of acetyl chloride was added dropwise over 5 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 4 hours and then allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. The reaction solution was adjusted to pH 3 by adding 2N hydrochloric acid. The resulting insoluble matter was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 4.9 g of N- (3-hydroxynaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide as a white powder (yield 78
%).

  Reference example 2

Production of N- (3-propoxynaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide 4.87 g (24.2 mmol) of N- (3-hydroxynaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide was suspended in 50 ml of acetonitrile. 1-iodopropane 4.52g (2
(6,6 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 ml) and 4.35 g (31.5 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours under reflux. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 20: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain 5.64 g (yield 96%) of N- (3-propoxynaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide as a white powder.

  Reference example 3

Preparation of 3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamine 2.5 g (10.2 mmol) of N- (3-propoxynaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide was dissolved in 10 ml of ethanol. To this was added 5.2 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 12.5 ml of 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to the reaction solution to adjust the pH to 11, followed by extraction with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain 2.05 g (yield 100%) of 3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamine as a white powder.

  Reference example 4

Preparation of 2,2-dimethyl-5-[(3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamino) methylene] [1,3] dioxane-4,6-dione 2.59 g (17.9 mmol) of Meldrum's acid was orthoformate The mixture was added to 16 ml of methyl and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours under heating to reflux. To this, 2.5 g (12.4 mmol) of 3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamine was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from methanol to give 2,2-dimethyl-5-[(3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamino) methylene] [ 4.19 g (yield 95%) of 1,3] dioxane-4,6-dione was obtained.

  Reference Example 5

Preparation of 5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one 2,2-dimethyl-5-[(3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamino) methylene] [1,3] dioxane-4,6-dione 4.19 g (11.7 mmol) was added to 15 ml of diphenyl ether, heated with a mantle heater and refluxed for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 70: 1 → 9: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain 3.15 g (61% yield) of 5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one as brown powder.

  Reference Example 6

Preparation of 2-iodo-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one 2.66 g (10.5 mmol) of 5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one was suspended in 20 ml of DMF. did. To this suspension, 1.63 g (11.8 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 2.95 g (11.6 mmol) of iodine were added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was poured into an aqueous solution (100 ml) of sodium thiosulfate 9.14 g and stirred for 5 minutes. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and stirred, and the insoluble material was collected by filtration. The filtrate was separated, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue and the insoluble matter collected by filtration were combined and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 20: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain 3.48 g (yield 87%) of 2-iodo-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one as a light brown powder.

  Reference Example 7

Preparation of 1- (3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl) ethanone oxime 1- (3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl) ethanone 8 .88 g (38.2 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of 20 ml of chloroform and 80 ml of methanol. To this solution, 4.05 g (58.2 mmol) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride and 9.46 ml (117 mmol) of pyridine were added and stirred for 16 hours while heating under reflux. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue were added 30 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid and water, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and 8.87 g (yield 94%) of 1- (3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl) ethanone oxime as a pale yellow powder. Got.

  Reference Example 8

Preparation of N- (3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide 1- (3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl) ethanone oxime To an acetonitrile solution (150 ml) of 8.87 g (35.8 mmol), 1.19 g (5.39 mmol) of indium chloride was added, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours with heating under reflux. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain 8.65 g (yield 98%) of N- (3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl) acetamide as a white powder. .

  Reference Example 9

Production of 3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylamine In the same manner as in Reference Example 3, 3-propoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylamine was produced.

  Reference Example 10

Production of 5-bromo-6-propoxyindane In the same manner as in Reference Example 2, 5-bromo-6-propoxyindane was produced.

  Reference Example 11

Preparation of 6-propoxyindan-5-ylamine 5-bromo-6-propoxyindan 8.24 g (32.2 mmol) in toluene solution (80 ml) and 6.40 g (35.3 mmol) of benzophenone imine in toluene solution (40 ml) ), 742 mg (0.8 mmol) of tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, 936 mg (1.6 mmol) of 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) xanthene (XANTPHOS) and cesium carbonate 15. 72 g (48.3 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 47 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere and then cooled to room temperature. Water and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 130 ml of diethyl ether, 25 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 11 by adding 72 ml of 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 90: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1.02 g (yield 17%) of 6-propoxyindan-5-ylamine as a light brown oil.

  Reference Example 12

Preparation of 1- (7-propoxycycloman-6-yl) ethanone 3.0 g (15.6 mmol) of 1- (7-hydroxychroman-6-yl) ethanone was dissolved in 20 ml of DMF. Under ice-cooling, 686 mg of sodium hydride (60% oily)
1.1 equivalents) was added and stirred for 10 minutes. 1.92 g (1.1 equivalents) of 1-iodopropane
And stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 0 → 0: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain 4.2 g (quantitative yield) of 1- (7-propoxycycloman-6-yl) ethanone as white powder.

  Reference Example 13

Production of 1- (7-propoxycycloman-6-yl) ethanone oxime In the same manner as in Reference Example 7, 1- (7-propoxycycloman-6-yl) ethanone oxime was produced.

  Reference Example 14

Production of N- (7-propoxycycloman-6-yl) acetamide N- (7-propoxycycloman-6-yl) acetamide was produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 8.

  Reference Example 15

Production of 7-propoxycycloman-6-ylamine In the same manner as in Reference Example 7, 7-propoxycycloman-6-ylamine was produced.

  Reference Example 16

Production of 1- (6-propoxycycloman-7-yl) ethanone oxime In the same manner as in Reference Example 7, 1- (6-propoxycycloman-7-yl) ethanone oxime was produced.

  Reference Example 17

Production of N- (6-propoxycycloman-7-yl) acetamide In the same manner as in Reference Example 8, N- (6-propoxycycloman-7-yl) acetamide was produced.

  Reference Example 18

Production of 6-propoxycycloman-7-ylamine In the same manner as in Reference Example 3, 6-propoxycycloman-7-ylamine was produced.

  Reference Example 19

Production of 1- (5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl) ethanone In the same manner as in Reference Example 12, 1- (5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl) ethanone was produced. did.

  Reference Example 20

Preparation of 1- (5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl) ethanone oxime 1- (5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl) ethanone was prepared in the same manner as in Reference Example 7. An oxime was produced.

  Reference Example 21

Production of N- (5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl) acetamide N- (5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-yl) acetamide was produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 8. did.

  Reference Example 22

Production of 5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-ylamine In the same manner as in Reference Example 3, 5-propoxy-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-6-ylamine was produced.

  Reference Example 23

Preparation of benzhydrylidene (5-methylbenzofuran-7-yl) amine 7-Bromo-5-methylbenzofuran 9.71 g (46 mmol) in toluene solution (100 ml) in benzophenone imine 10.25 g (56 mmol) in toluene (55 ml), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium 1.1 g (1 mmol), 2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP) 2.1 g (3.45 mmol) And 3.1 g (31 mmol) of sodium t-butoxide were added. The resulting mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 10: 1). The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 17.9 g (yield 81%) of benzhydrylidene (5-methylbenzofuran-7-yl) amine as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 24

Preparation of 5-methylbenzofuran-7-ylamine 17.9 g (0.57 mmol) of benzhydrylidene (5-methylbenzofuran-7-yl) amine was dissolved in 150 ml of THF, 50 ml of 5N hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Stir. To the reaction solution was added 40 ml of 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine in this order. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 50: 1 → 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2.5 g (yield 30%) of a brown oily 5-methylbenzofuran-7-ylamine.

  Reference Example 25

Preparation of 5-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-ylamine 1.3 g (8.8 mmol) of 5-methylbenzofuran-7-ylamine and 500 mg of 10% palladium on carbon are added to 50 ml of ethanol at room temperature and atmospheric pressure. Contact reduction. The catalyst was removed by celite filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave 1.15 g (yield 87%) of white powder of 5-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-7-ylamine.

  Example 1

Preparation of 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one 2.05 g (10.18 mmol) 3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamine and α- (hydroxymethylene) -2-methoxyphenylacetic acid ethyl ester 2.29 g (10
. 3 mg) of benzene solution (50 ml) was added 350 mg of Amberlyst 15 (Sigma Aldrich) and the mixture was stirred under reflux with heating using a Dean-Stark trap for 21 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered to remove the resin, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue, 2.2 ml of diphenyl ether was added, and the mixture was heated with a mantle heater and stirred under reflux for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and purified directly by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 1 → 60: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinoline-1- 1.55 g of ON was obtained (42% yield).
Melting point 172-174 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.87-1.95 (2H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.22 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz ), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.47-7.52 (3H, m), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.83-7.87 (1H, m), 7.92 (1H, s) , 10.24-10.28 (1H, m), 11.60 (1H, brs).

  Example 2

Preparation of 2-furan-3-yl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one
1.06 g of 2-iodo-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one (2
. 79 mmol) in 20 ml of dimethoxyethane, 354 mg (3.16 mmol) of furan-3-boronic acid, 1,1′-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocenedichloropalladium (II) -dichloromethane complex (PdCl ₂ (DPPF ) · CH ₂ Cl ₂ ) 123 mg (0.11 mmol) and 2N aqueous sodium carbonate solution 4.0 ml were sequentially added, and the mixture was stirred at 90-100 ° C. for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, water was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 80: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate and dried to obtain 430 mg (yield) of 2-furan-3-yl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one as light brown powder. 48%).
Melting point 252-254 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.87-1.98 (2H, m), 4.27 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 7.03 (1H, s ), 7.48-7.55 (2H, m), 7.57 (1H, s), 7.72 (1H, s), 7.84-7.89 (1H, m), 8.22 (1H, s), 8.71 (1H, s), 10.24- 10.30 (1H, m), 11.80 (1H, brs).

  Example 3

Preparation of 2-furan-3-yl-4-methyl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one 2-furan-3-yl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1 -61 mg (1.4 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% oily) was added to a DMF solution (5 ml) of 300 mg (0.94 mmol) of ON, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. To this was added 181 mg (1.27 mmol) of methyl iodide and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 62 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed with water. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 90: 1 → 80: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 2-furan-3-yl-4-methyl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinoline as a light gray powder. 130 mg of -1-one (yield 42%) was obtained.
Melting point 165-167 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.83-1.92 (2H, m), 4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.21 (3H, s ), 7.07 (1H, s), 7.45-7.51 (2H, m), 7.54 (1H, s), 7.70 (1H,
s), 7.79-7.83 (1H, m), 8.36 (1H, s), 8.69 (1H, s), 10.34-10.38 (1H, m).

  Example 4

Preparation of 5-propoxy-2-thiophen-2-yl-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethanol)
Melting point 298-300 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.87-2.01 (2H, m), 4.27 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 7.12 (1H, dd , J = 3.9Hz, 5.1Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 7.52-7.57 (2H, m),
7.59 (1H, s), 7.66 (1H, d, J = 3.7Hz), 7.87-7.91 (1H, m), 8.50 (1H, s), 10.20-10.27 (1H, m), 11.95 (1H, brs) .

  Example 5

Preparation of 4-methyl-5-propoxy-2-thiophen-2-yl-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 using appropriate starting materials.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 193-195 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.84-1.92 (2H, m), 4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.23 (3H, s ), 7.09-7.13 (1H, m), 7.46-7.55 (4H, m), 7.66 (1H, d, J = 3.7Hz), 7.80-7.84 (1H, m), 8.63 (1H, s), 10.32- 10.36 (1H, m).

  Example 6

Preparation of 5-propoxy-2-thiophen-3-yl-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.90-1.98 (2H, m), 4.27 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 7.49-7.58 (4H , m), 7.63-7.66 (1H, m), 7.85-8.00 (1H, m), 8.24 (1H, s), 8.34-8.36 (1H, m), 10.23-10.29 (1H, m), 11.71 (1H , brs).

  Example 7

Preparation of 4-methyl-5-propoxy-2-thiophen-3-yl-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 using appropriate starting materials.
White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.84-1.92 (2H, m), 4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.19 (3H, s ), 7.44-7.57 (4H, m), 7.70 (1H, d, J = 5.1Hz), 7.80-7.84 (1H, m), 8.38-8.40 (2H, brs), 10.30-10.34 (1H, m).

  Example 8

Preparation of 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -3-methyl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one 3-propoxynaphthalen-2-ylamine 600 mg (2.98 mmol) and α-acetyl- 85 mg Amberlyst 15 (Sigma-Aldrich) is added to 1.41 g (5.96 mmol) of 4-methoxyphenylacetic acid ethyl ester in benzene (38 ml) and the mixture is used with a Dean-Stark trap. Was stirred for 20 hours while heating under reflux. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered to remove the resin, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. 2.8 ml of diphenyl ether was added to the residue, and the mixture was heated with a mantle heater and stirred for 70 minutes under reflux. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and purified directly by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 80: 1 → 70: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 800 mg (yield 72%) of an oil. Crystallization was performed by adding ethyl acetate and n-hexane, and recrystallization from ethyl acetate gave 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -3-methyl-5-propoxy-4H-benzo [f] quinoline-1 as a pale yellow powder. -Obtained 290 mg of ON.
Melting point 204-206 ° C.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.90-1.98 (2H, m), 2.31 (3H, s), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.27 (2H , t, J = 6.8Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.39-7.50 (2H, m), 7.56 (1H, s), 7.84 (1H, dd, J = 2.2Hz, 6.5Hz), 10.09-10.13 (1H, m), 10.79 (1H, brs).

  Example 9

Preparation of 3-methyl-5-propoxy-2-thiophen-3-yl-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 8 using appropriate starting materials.
Light gray powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 186-188 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.88-1.97 (2H, m), 2.40 (3H, s), 4.26 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz ), 7.14 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.41-7.54 (5H, m), 7.83 (1H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 10.07-10.11 (1H, m), 10.84 (1H, brs) .

  Example 10

Preparation of 5-propoxy-8-thiophen-2-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.77-1.88 (2H, m), 1.97-2.08 (2H, m), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.45 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 7.05 (1H, t, J = 3.8Hz), 7.13 (1H, s), 7.36 (1H , d, J = 5.1 Hz), 7.53 (1H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 8.31 (1H, s), 11.39 (1H, brs).

  Example 11

Preparation of 6-methyl-5-propoxy-8-thiophen-2-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one Examples using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in 3, the above compound was produced.
Orange powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.77-1.85 (2H, m), 1.97-2.03 (2H, m), 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 3.49 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.13 (3H, s), 7.05 (1H, t, J = 3.8Hz), 7.18 (1H , s), 7.35 (1H, d, J = 4.7 Hz), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 3.3 Hz), 8.48 (1H, s).

  Example 12

Preparation of 5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Light brown powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.76-1.87 (2H, m), 1.95-2.07 (2H, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.30-3.55 (2H, m), 4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 7.11 (1H, s), 7.48-7.56 (2H, m), 8.11 (1H, d, J = 6.2 Hz), 8.21-8.23 (1H, m), 11.18 (1H, d, J = 5.8Hz).

  Example 13

Preparation of 6-methyl-5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one Examples using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in 3, the above compound was produced.
Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.76-1.85 (2H, m), 1.95-2.01 (2H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 3.49 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 3.99 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.09 (3H, s), 7.15 (1H, s), 7.48-7.52 (1H, m) , 7.63-7.65 (1H, m), 8.26-8.28 (2H, m).

  Example 14

Preparation of 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 206-208 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 1.96-2.02 (2H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.40 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.09 (1H , s), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.78 (1H, d, J = 5.9Hz), 11.06 (1H, d, J = 5.8Hz).

  Example 15

Preparation of 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -7-methyl-5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 8.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 223-225 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.79-1.87 (2H, m), 1.93-1.99 (2H, m), 2.21 (3H, s), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 3.31 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz), 7.10 (1H, s),
10.30 (1H, brs).

  Example 16

Preparation of 7-methyl-5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one Examples using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in 8, the above compound was produced.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 260-262 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.79-1.87 (2H, m), 1.90-1.99 (2H, m), 2.31 (3H, s), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.32 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 7.04-7.10 (2H, m), 7.31-7.32 (1H, m), 7.44-7.47 (1H, m), 10.35 (1H, brs)
.

  Example 17

Preparation of 6- (3-chloro-propyl) -8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one 8- 1.26 g (3.60 mmol) DMF of (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one
To the solution (6 ml) was added 189 mg (4.33 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% oily) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. To this was added 1.70 g (10.8 mmol) of 1-bromo-3-chloropropane and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 20: 1 → 12: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a yellow oily 6- (3-chloro-propyl) -8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza- There was obtained 365 mg (yield 92%) of cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, m), 1.90-2.24 (6H, m), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 3.45 (2H, t, J = 5.7Hz ), 3.67 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.71 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.92-7.04 (3H , m), 7.58-7.62 (3H, m).

  Example 18

8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one Preparation 6- (3-Chloro-propyl) -8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one 700
A mixture consisting of mg (1.64 mmol), 165 mg (1.90 mmol) of morpholine, 341 mg (2.47 mmol) of potassium carbonate, 295 mg (1.97 mmol) of sodium iodide and 3 ml of dimethylformamide at 7O 0 C Stir for hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine. Concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 70: 1 → 50: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl) -5- Propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one 295 mg (yield 38%) was obtained.
Melting point 135-137 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.75-1.85 (4H, m), 1.96 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 2.04-2.15 (6H , m), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.38-3.41 (6H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.55 (2H, t, J = 6.2Hz), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.18 (1H, s), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.93 (1H, s).

  Example 19

8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6- (3-piperidin-1-ylpropyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one Production The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 18 using appropriate starting materials.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 99-101 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.20-1.50 (6H, m), 1.74-1.86 (4H, m), 1.96 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.02-2.20 (6H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 3.30-3.40 (2H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.53 (2H, t, J = 5.8Hz), 6.90 (2H, d,
J = 8.7Hz), 7.18 (1H, s), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.91 (1H, s).

  Example 20

Preparation of 6- (3-chloro-propyl) -5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 17 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, m), 1.88-2.25 (6H, m), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 3.45 (2H, t, J = 5.8Hz ), 3.69 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 4.01-4.04 (2H, m), 4.74 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 7.05 (1H, s), 7.32-7.35 (1H, m) , 7.43-7.47 (1H, m), 7.83 (1H, s), 8.08-8.10 (1H, m).

  Example 21

Preparation of 6- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl) -5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using appropriate starting materials.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 163-165 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.76-1.86 (4H, m), 1.98 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 2.03-2.20 (6H , m), 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.41-3.52 (6H, m), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.60 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 7.18 (1H, s), 7.49-7.52 (1H, m), 7.62-7.64 (1H, m), 8.25-8.27 (1H, m), 8.30 (1H, s).

  Example 22

6- (3- [1,4] oxazepan-4-ylpropyl) -5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalene- 9−
Preparation of ON The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point: 146-148 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.60-1.64 (2H, m), 1.74-1.86 (4H, m), 1.98 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.19 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 2.40-2.45 (4H, m), 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 3.51-3.59 (6H, m), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.60 (2H, t, J = 6.0Hz), 7.19 (1H, s), 7.48-7.51 (1H, m), 7.61 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 8.23 ( 1H, d, J = 1.8Hz), 8.27
(1H, s).

  Example 23

Di-tert-butyl phosphate 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-
Preparation of 5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl ester 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-1,2,3 Sodium hydride (60% oily) in a DMF solution (10 ml) of 400 mg (1.15 mmol) of 6-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-9-one and 343 mg (2.29 mmol) of sodium iodide 74.9 mg (1.72 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. To this was added a DMF solution (20 ml) of 888 mg (3.43 mmol) of di-tert-butyl phosphate chloromethyl ester, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (NH silica gel, n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 100: 0 → 0: 100). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure and white powder di-tert-butyl phosphate 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza -263 mg (yield 40%) of cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl ester was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.08-1.14 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.35 (18H, s), 1.88-2.16 (4H, m),
2.88-2.95 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.60-3.66 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.05-4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 6.30 -6.35 (2H, d, J = 12.4 Hz), 6.90-6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.09 (1H, s), 7.57-7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.76 ( 1H, s).

  Example 24

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl] ester 8 -(4-Methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl ester 263 mg (0.46 mmol) of dichloromethane To the solution (4 ml), 1.2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid and 4 ml of dichloromethane were added under ice cooling and nitrogen atmosphere, followed by stirring at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. Concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried in vacuo to give a light yellow powder of mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] 147 mg (yield 56%) of naphthalen-6-ylmethyl] ester was obtained. ¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01-1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 1.96-2.02 (2H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 3.40 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.25-6.30 (2H, d, J = 10.42 Hz) , 6.92-6.95 (2H, m), 7.13 (1H, s), 7.59-7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.76-7.79 (1H, d, J = 5.9Hz).

  Example 25

Mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt of phosphoric acid Preparation of mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl] ester 147 mg (0.32 mmol) was suspended in 20 ml of isopropyl alcohol, and 0.64 ml (0.64 mmol) of 1N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added at 0 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour, and the resulting insoluble matter was collected by filtration, washed with acetone, and dried to give white powder mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo as a white powder. -5-propoxy-1,2,3,9-tetrahydro-6-aza-cyclopenta [a] naphthalen-6-ylmethyl] ester 42 mg (yield 26%) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.91-0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 1.74-1.83 (2H, m), 1.92-1.98 (2H,
m), 2.75-2.81 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 3.30-3.36 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.90-3.95 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz) ), 5.94-5.99 (2H, d, J = 9.5 Hz), 6.89-6.93 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.15 (1H, s), 7.87-7.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz) , 8.58 (1H, s).

  Example 26

2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-4
Production of H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 186-187 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.60-1.70 (4H, m), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 2.70-2.80 (2H, m) , 3.30-3.40 (2H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.85 (1H, s), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.50 ( 2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.72 (1H, d, J = 5.1Hz), 10.95 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz).

  Example 27

Preparation of 5-propoxy-2-thiophen-3-yl-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate)
213-215 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.60-1.70 (4H, m), 1.75-1.86 (2H, m), 2.70-2.80 (2H, m) , 3.30-3.40 (2H, m), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.85 (1H, s), 7.46-7.52 (2H, m), 8.06 (1H, s), 8.14-8.15 (1H , m), 11.10 (1H, brs).

  Example 28

Preparation of 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -3-methyl-5-propoxy-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-4H-benzo [f] quinolin-1-one Example 8 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 199-201 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.60-1.70 (4H, m), 1.78-1.87 (2H, m), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.70 -2.80 (2H, m), 3.20-3.30 (2H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 6.84 (1H, s), 6.88 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz), 10.17 (1H, brs).

  Example 29

Preparation of 3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-propoxy-1,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-4-one Similar to Example 1 using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 222-223 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.74-1.95 (4H, m), 2.72-2.75 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.00-4.10 (4H, m), 6.87-6.93 (3H, m), 7.46-7.52 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.65 (1H, s), 10.70-10.90 (1H , brs).

  Example 30

1- {3- [4- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazin-1-yl] propyl} -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-propoxy-1,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5-oxa- Preparation of 1-aza-phenanthren-4-one dihydrochloride The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using appropriate starting materials.
Melting point: 145-147 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01-1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.85-2.02 (4H, m), 2.12-2.33 (2H, m), 2.84-2.89 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.02-3.20 (2H, m), 3.28-3.80 (15H, m), 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.28-4.31 (2H, t, J = 4.6 Hz), 4.75-4.95 (2H, m), 7.00-7.03 (2H,
d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.30 (1H, s), 7.63-7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.48 (1H, s).

  Example 31

Preparation of [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl] -acetic acid ethyl ester
To a DMF solution (10 ml) of 600 mg (1.64 mmol) of 3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-propoxy-1,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-4-one 80 mg (2.0 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% oily) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. To this was added 330 mg (2.0 mmol) of ethyl bromoacetate and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed with water. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (NH silica gel, n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 100: 0 → 0: 100). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure to give [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthrene as a colorless oil. 700 mg (yield 95%) of -1-yl] -acetic acid ethyl ester were obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.00-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.25-1.28 (3H, t, J = 6.0), 1.75-1.90 (2H, m), 2.02-2.43 ( 2H, m), 2.80-2.90 (2H, m), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.86-3.88 (2H, m), 4.10-4.13 (4H, m), 5.10 (2H, s), 6.75 (1H, s), 6.85-6.90 (2H, d, J = 9.0), 7.24 (1H, s), 7.60-7.75 (2H, d, J = 9.0).

  Example 32

Preparation of [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl] -acetic acid [3- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl] -acetic acid ethyl ester 700 mg (1.55 mmol) To an ethanol solution (30 ml) was added 10 ml of 5N-sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and the mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrate was acidified by adding water and concentrated hydrochloric acid to the residue under ice-cooling, and the resulting insoluble material was collected by filtration, dried and dried as [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10 as a yellow powder. -Propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl] -acetic acid (580 mg, yield 88%) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94-1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.74-1.82 (2H, m), 1.94-1.98 (2H, m), 2.78-2.83 (2H, t, J = 6.2Hz), 3.77 (3H, s), 3.92-3.98 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.21-4.25 (2H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 5.35 (2H, s), 6.96-7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.16 (1H, s), 7.56-7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.29 (1H, s).

  Example 33

2- [3- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl] -N- (2- Preparation of [morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl ] -Acetic acid 580 mg (1.39 mmol), 2- (7-aza-1H-benzotriazol-1-yl) -1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) 790 mg ( 2.1 mmol) and triethylamine 5 ml in DMF solution (10 ml) was added 217 mg (1.7 mmol) 4- (2-aminoethyl) morpholine at room temperature. Stir overnight. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and water and ethyl acetate were added to the residue for liquid separation. The organic layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 2- [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide (115 mg, yield 16%) was obtained. Melting point 201-203 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94-1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.71-1.77 (2H, m), 1.91-1.93 (2H, m), 2.29-2.34 (4H, m), 2.72-2.75 (2H, t, J = 6.2Hz), 3.15-3.19 (2H, m), 3.25-3.30 (2H, m), 3.33-3.54 (4H, m), 3.76 (3H, s) , 3.85-3.90 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.07-4.11 (2H, m), 5.06 (2H, s), 6.90-6.93 (3H, m), 7.54-7.58 (2H, m), 7.72 (1H, s), 7.80-7.82 (1H, m).

  Example 34

Di-tert-butyl phosphate 3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-ylmethyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06-1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.88-1.96 (2H, m),
2.01-2.10 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.98-4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.28-4.32 (2H, t, J = 5
.1 Hz), 6.25-6.31 (2H, d, J = 12.2 Hz), 6.85-6.93 (3H, m), 7.60-7.66 (3H, m).

  Example 35

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-ylmethyl] ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 24 using various starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.74-1.95 (4H, m), 2.72-2.75 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.00-4.10 (4H, m), 6.20-6.24 (2H, d, J = 10.3 Hz), 6.92-7.10 (3H, m), 7.53-7.57 (2H, m), 7.86 (1H , s).

  Example 36

Phosphoric acid mono- [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-10-propoxy-7,8-dihydro-4H, 6H-5-oxa-1-aza-phenanthren-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.91-0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.72-1.86 (2H, m), 1.90-1.94 (2H,
m), 2.70-2.75 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.91-3.97 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.11-4.15 (3H, t, J = 4.8 Hz) ), 5.94-5.98 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.89-6.93 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.03 (1H, s), 7.37-7.41 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz) , 7.97 (1H, s).

  Example 37

Preparation of 9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-1H, 7H-pyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-10-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 171-173 ° C.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.03-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.84-2.02 (4H, m), 3.52-3.58 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.81 (3H , s), 4.02-4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.16-4.19 (2H, t, J = 5.1 Hz), 6.58 (1H, s), 6.91-6.95 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.51-7.55 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.61-7.64 (1H, d, J = 6.2 Hz), 8.86-8.88 (1H, d, J = 5.45 Hz).

  Example 38

Preparation of [9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydro-pyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 31 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.01-1.07 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1,23-1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.79-1.85 (2H, m), 1.95 -1.98 (2H, m), 3.49-3.54 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.91-3.96 (2H, t, 6.8 Hz), 4.11-4.27 (6H, m), 5.05 (2H, s), 6.62 (1H, s), 6.92-6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.29 (1H, s), 7.54-7.57 (2H, d, J-8.8 Hz).

  Example 39

Preparation of [9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydro-pyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-yl] acetic acid The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 32.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94-1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.72-1.86 (4H, m), 3.11-3.33 (
2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.90-3.95 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 4.08-4.11 (2H, m), 5.17 (2H, s), 6.70 (1H, s), 6.90 -6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.53-7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.54 (1H, s), 12.6-12.9 (1H, brs).

  Example 40

2- [9- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydropyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-yl] -N- (2- Morpholine-4
-Preparation of ylethyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 33, using appropriate starting materials.
Melting point 206-208 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.93-0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.66-1.90 (4H, m), 3.00-3.20 (4H, m), 3.50-3.62 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.90-3.96 (4H, m), 4.04-4.12 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.70 (1H, s), 6.91-6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.56-7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.77 (1H, s), 8.10-8.25 (1H, m).

  Example 41

2- [9- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydropyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-yl] -N- (3- Preparation of morpholin-4-ylpropyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 33 using appropriate starting materials.
Melting point 185-187 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94-1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.66-1.96 (6H, m), 2.90-3.21 (6H, m), 3.25-3.43 (4H, m), 3.56-3.66 (2H, t, J = 11.9 Hz), 3.77 (3H, s), 3.85-4.04 (4H, m), 4.05-4.18 (2H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.71 (1H, s), 6.92-6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.57-7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.79 (1H, s), 8.09-8.14 (1H, t, J = 5.5 Hz).

  Example 42

7- {3- [4- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazin-1-yl] propyl} -9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-1H, 7H-pyrano [3 2-f] Preparation of quinolin-10-one dihydrochloride The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using an appropriate starting material.
Melting point 180-182 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.83-1.91 (4H, m), 2.00-2.20 (2H, m), 3.00-4.50 (20H, m), 4.50-4.70 (2H, m), 6.77 (1H, s), 6.90-6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8
Hz), 7.60-7.65 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.94 (1H, s).

  Example 43

Di-tert-butyl phosphate 9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-
Preparation of 6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydro-pyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-ylmethyl ester The above compound is prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 using appropriate starting materials. did.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.35 (18H, s), 1.89-1.98 (4H, m), 3.46-3.51 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.01-4.06 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.16-4.21 (2H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 6.25-6.30 (2H, d, J = 12.3 Hz), 6.70 (1H, s), 6.91-6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.55-7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.68 (1H, s).

  Example 44

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydropyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-ylmethyl] ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 24 using various starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.84-2.02 (4H, m), 3.52-3.58 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.81 (3H, s), 4.02-4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.16-4.19 (2H, t, J = 5.1
Hz), 6.15-6.19 (2H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 6.80 (1H, s), 6.94-6.96 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.52-7.56 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz) ), 7.69-7.72 (1H, d, J = 6.2 Hz).

  Example 45

Phosphoric acid mono- [9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-1,2,3,10-tetrahydropyrano [3,2-f] quinolin-7-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.94-0.99 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.81-1.88 (2H, m), 3.21-3.23 (2H,
m), 3.78 (3H, s), 3.99-4.05 (2H, m), 4.13-4.15 (2H, m), 6.04-6.14 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.78 (1H, s), 6.96 -6.99 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.39-7.45 (2H, m), 8.08 (1H, s).

  Example 46

8- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [2,
3-f] Preparation of quinolin-9-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 218-220 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-1.83 (2H, m), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 8.8Hz), 3.74 (3H, s ), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.54 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 6.91 (2H, d,
J = 8.7Hz), 7.15 (1H, s), 7.51 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.75 (1H, d, J = 5.9Hz), 10.99 (1H, d, J = 5.9Hz).

  Example 47

Preparation of 5-propoxy-8-thiophen-3-yl-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-9-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
Light brown powder (ethanol)
Melting point: 275-277 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.72-1.84 (2H, m), 3.14 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 4.02 (2H, t , J = 6.5Hz), 4.55 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 7.15 (1H, s), 7.47-7.54 (2H, m), 8.08 (1H, d, J = 6.3Hz), 8.16-8.17 (1H, m), 11.10 (1H, d, J = 6.1 Hz).

  Example 48

Preparation of 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -7-methyl-5-propoxy-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-9-one
The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 8 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 216-218 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.76-1.84 (2H, m), 2.18 (3H, s), 3.11 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz ), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 4.50 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.06 (2H, d , J = 8.6Hz), 7.15 (1H, s), 10.19 (1H, brs).

  Example 49

Preparation of [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-6-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 31.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 3.19 (2H, t, J = 8.8Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.91 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 4.22 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 4.75 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 5.05 ( 2H, s), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.01 (1H, s), 7.31 (1H, s), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 50

Preparation of [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-6-yl] acetic acid Using suitable starting materials, The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 32.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 3.19 (2H, t, J = 8.8Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.91 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 4.22 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 4.75 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 5.05 ( 2H, s), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.01 (1H, s), 7.31 (1H, s), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 51

2- [8- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-6-yl] -N- (2-morpholine- Preparation of 4-ylethyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 33 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.92 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.67-1.76 (2H, m), 2.28-2.33 (6H, m), 3.08-3.17 (4H, m) , 3.47-3.51 (4H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.86 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.53 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 5.06 (2H, s), 6.90 ( 2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.19 (1H, s), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.74 (1H, s), 7.83 (1H, t, J = 5.4Hz).

  Example 52

Preparation of 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6- (2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl) -5-propoxy-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-9-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.74-1.82 (2H, m), 2.30-2.33 (4H, m), 2.54 (2H, t, J = 5.5Hz), 3.14 (2H, t, J = 8.8Hz), 3.42-3.45 (4H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.97 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.50-4.61 (4H, m), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.25 (1H, s), 7.56 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.81 (1H, s).

  Example 53

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-6-ylmethyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06-1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.85-1.97 (2H, m),
3.19-3.26 (2H, t, J = 9.0 Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.00-4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.73-4.80 (2H, t, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.28 -6.34 (2H, d, J = 12.6 Hz), 6.88-6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.11 (1H, s), 7.63-7.70 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.74 ( 1H, s).

  Example 54

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-6-ylmethyl] ester The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 24 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.79-1.90 (2H, m), 3.15-3.22 (2H, m), 4.00-4.06 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.53-4.62 (2H, m), 6.21-6.25 (2H, d, J = 10.6 Hz), 6.92-6.97 (2H, m), 7.36 (1H, s), 7.56-7.59 (2H, m), 7.90 (1H, s).

  Example 55

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8- (4-methoxyphenyl) -9-oxo-5-propoxy-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [2,3-f] quinolin-6-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.92-0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.76-1.84 (2H, m), 3.12-3.19 (2H,
t, J = 8.9 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.93-3.99 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.56-4.59 (2H, m), 5.95-5.99 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz ), 6.90-6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.27 (1H, s), 7.39-7.43 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.01 (1H, s).

  Example 56

Preparation of 7- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-methyl-9H-furo [3,2-h] quinolin-6-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials. .
White powder (ethyl acetate)
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 2.84 (3H, s), 3.76 (3H, s), 6.89-7.02 (3H, m), 7.22 (1H, s), 7.52-7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.77 (1H, s), 8.21 (1H, s), 12.06 (1H, brs).

  Example 57

Preparation of 7- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-methyl-2,3-dihydro-9H-furo [3,2-h] quinolin-6-one As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials. The above compound was prepared.
White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 2.73 (3H, s), 3.26-3.33 (2H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.69-4.76 (2H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.87-6.93 (3H, m), 7.50-7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.64 (1H, s), 11.30 (1H, brs).

  Example 58

Preparation of phosphoric acid di-tert-butyl ester 7- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-methyl-6-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [3,2-h] quinolin-9-ylmethyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.39 (18H, s), 2.86 (3H, s), 3.26-3.33 (2H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.66-4.73 (2H , t, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.21-6.26 (2H, d, J = 11.3 Hz), 6.92-6.99 (3H, m), 7.52-7.56 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.66 (1H, s).

  Example 59

Preparation of mono- [7- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-methyl-6-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [3,2-h] quinolin-9-ylmethyl] ester of phosphoric acid The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 24 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 2.75 (3H, s), 3.26-3.33 (2H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.69-4.76 (2H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.15-6.19 (2H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 6.90-6.97 (3H, m), 7.52-7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.64 (1H, s).

  Example 60

Preparation of mono- [7- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-methyl-6-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-furo [3,2-h] quinolin-9-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt of phosphoric acid The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 2.57 (3H, s), 3.06-3.13 (2H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.72 (3H, s), 4.50-4.58 (2H, m), 5.84- 5.88 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.84-6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.93 (1H, s), 7.27-7.31 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.75 (1H , s).

  Example 61

Preparation of 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-propoxy-4,7,9,10-tetrahydro- [4,7] phenanthroline-1,8-dione As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Yellow powder (ethyl acetate-methanol)
Melting point 132-133 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 2.33-2.39 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.70 -3.80 (5H, m), 4.04-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.85 (1H, s), 6.91-6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.53-7.56 (2H, d , J = 8.8 Hz), 7.72-7.75 (1H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 9.94 (1H, s), 11.02-11.25 (1H, m).

  Example 62

Preparation of 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -7-methyl-5-propoxy-4,7,9,10-tetrahydro- [4,7] phenanthroline-1,8-dione Examples using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in 1.
Yellow powder melting point 89-91 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.82-2.00 (2H, m), 2.37-2.43 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.32 (3H, s), 3.65-3.95 (5H, m), 4.17-4.22 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.90-6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.05 (1H, s), 7.50-7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.76 (1H, s), 11.14 (1H, brs).

  Example 63

Preparation of 5-methoxy-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1H- [1,10] phenanthroline-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Yellow powder (ethanol)
Melting point 118-120 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.75 (3H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.00 (1H, s), 7.57 (2H, d , J = 8.6Hz), 7.63-7.68 (1H, m), 7.91 (1H, s), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 8.78 (1H, d, J = 4.2Hz), 12.23 (1H , brs).

  Example 64

Preparation of 5-methoxy-3-thiophen-3-yl-1H- [1,10] phenanthroline-4-one hydrochloride The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethanol)
Melting point 143-145 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.98 (3H, s), 7.17 (1H, s), 7.59 (1H, s), 7.60 (1H, s), 7.70-7.75 (1H, m), 8.20 (1H, brs), 8.33 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 8.50 (1H, s), 8.81-8.83
(1H, m).

  Example 65

Preparation of 5-methoxy-3-thiophen-2-yl-1H- [1,10] phenanthroline-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethanol)
Melting point 265-267 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.94 (3H, s), 7.07-7.10 (2H, m), 7.44 (1H, d, J = 6.0Hz), 7.60 (1H, d, J = 3.7Hz ), 7.61-7.71 (1H, m), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 8.47 (1H, s), 8.80-8.83 (1H, m), 12.60 (1H, brs).

  Example 66

Preparation of 5-methoxy-1-methyl-3-thiophen-2-yl-1H- [1,10] phenanthroline-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 using appropriate starting materials. .
Brown powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 216-218 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.90 (3H, s), 4.54 (3H, s), 7.08-7.13 (2H, m), 7.44 (1H,
d, J = 5.1Hz), 7.56-7.61 (1H, m), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 3.7Hz), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 8.64 (1H, s), 8.75- 8.77 (1H, m).

  Example 67

Preparation of 9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6-propoxy-7H- [3,7] phenanthroline-10-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
Melting point 250-251 ° C
1H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.14-1.19 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.98-2.07 (2H, m), 3.87 (3H, s), 4.26-4.32 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.98-7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.30 (1H, s), 7.61-7.64 (2H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 8.64-8.66 (1H, d, J = 6.0 Hz ), 9.10 (1H, s), 9.38-9.40 (1H, d, J = 4.8 Hz), 9.97-9.99 (1H, d, J = 5.9 Hz).

  Example 68

Preparation of [9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-10H- [3,7] phenanthroline-7-yl] acetic acid In the same manner as in Example 32, using the appropriate starting materials, The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.14-1.19 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.98-2.07 (2H, m), 3.87 (3H, s), 4.26-4.32 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 5.47 (2H, s), 6.98-7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.30 (1H, s), 7.61-7.64 (2H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 8.64-8.66 ( 1H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 9.10 (1H, s), 9.38-9.40 (1H, d, J = 4.8 Hz).

  Example 69

Preparation of 2- [9- (4-methoxyphenyl) -10-oxo-6-propoxy-10H- [3,7] phenanthroline-7-yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 33 using the starting materials.
Melting point 189-192 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.82-1.91 (2H, m), 2.82-3.12 (8H, m), 3.60-3.80 (4H, m), 3.81 (3H, s), 4.14-4.20 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 5.32 (2H, s), 7.00-7.03 (2H, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.69-7.72 (2H , d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.78 (1H, s), 8.11 (1H, s), 8.20-8.30 (1H, m), 8.51-8.53 (1H, d, J = 6.1 Hz) 9.19 (1H, s ), 9.99-10.0 (1H, d, J = 6.1 Hz).

  Example 70

Preparation of [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester As in Example 31, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.96-1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.18-1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.69-1.80 (2H, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 3.94-4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.12-4.21 (2H, q, J = 7.1
Hz), 5.32 (2H, s), 6.94-7.04 (3H, m), 7.21-7.26 (1H, m), 7.58-7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.02 (1H, s).

  Example 71

[5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-
Preparation of quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 32 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97-1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.72-1.87 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.95-4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 5.24 (2H, s), 6.94-7.03 (3H, m), 7.20-7.26 (1H, m), 7.59-7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.02 (1H, s ), 12.5-13.3 (1H, br).

  Example 72

Preparation of N-butyl-2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl) acetamide Example 33 was prepared using appropriate starting materials. In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.81-0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 0.91-0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.19-1.45 (4H, m), 1.70 -1.80 (2H, m), 3.02-3.09 (2H, q, 6.3 Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.90-3.95 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 5.13 (2H, s), 6.90- 6.98 (3H, m), 7.15-7.20 (1H, m), 7.56-7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.90 (1H, s), 7.97-8.01 (1H, t, J = 5.5 Hz) .

  Example 73

Preparation of 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide [5- Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid 800 mg (2.07 mmol) in DMF solution (2 ml) under ice-cooling, 4- (2 -Aminoethyl) morpholine 273 mg in DMF solution (1 ml), triethylamine 506 mg (5.0 mmol), diethylphosphorocyanidate (DEPC) 405 mg (2.48 mmol) and DMF 1 ml were added in this order, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 23 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1 → 15: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline-1 as white powder. -Il]
789 mg (yield 77%) of -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide was obtained.
Melting point 139-141 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.71-1.80 (2H, m), 2.30-2.34 (6H, m), 3.18 (2H, q, J = 6.5Hz), 3.49-3.53 (4H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.93 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 5.14 (2H, s), 6.92-6.99 (3H, m), 7.18 ( 1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.90-7.95 (2H, m).

  Example 74

Of 2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N-methyl-N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide Preparation 580 mg of 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide (1. 16 mg) in DMF (2 ml) was added 61 mg (1.4 mmol) sodium hydride (60% oily) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. To this was added 230 mg (1.62 mmol) of methyl iodide and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1 → 15: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline-1 as white powder. -Il] -N-methyl-N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide (440 mg, yield 74%) was obtained.
Melting point 218-220 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.64-1.72 (2H, m), 2.33-2.38 (4H, m), 2.43-2.50 (2H, m) , 2.85 (1H, s), 2.99 (2H, s), 3.37 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 3.44-3.48 (4H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.89 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 5.43 (2H, s), 6.89-6.97 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (1H, m), 7.53-7.57 (2H, m), 7.83 (1H, s).

  Example 75

2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4
Preparation of H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 73 using appropriate starting materials.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 117-119 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.52-1.57 (2H, m), 1.71-1.79 (2H, m), 2.21-2.29 (6H, m) , 3.09 (2H, q, J = 5.8Hz), 3.49-3.54 (4H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.93 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.92- 6.99 (3H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.90 (1H, s), 8.00 (1H, t, J = 5.4 Hz).

  Example 76

2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N-methyl-N- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 74 using appropriate starting materials.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 166-168 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.92-0.98 (3H, m), 1.65-1.71 (4H, m), 2.21-2.36 (6H, m), 2.82 (1H, s), 2.98 (2H, s), 3.20-3.30 (2H, m), 3.48-3.58 (4H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.90 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 5.43-5.45 (2H, m), 6.90 -6.98 (3H, m), 7.13-7.18 (1H, m), 7.54-7.59 (2H, m), 7.86 (1H, s).

  Example 77

Preparation of 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 73 using the starting materials.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 201-203 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.40-1.49 (2H, m), 1.67-1.84 (4H, m), 1.91-2.00 (2H, m) , 2.14 (3H, s), 2.69-2.73 (2H, m), 3.55-3.75 (1H, m), 3.75
(3H, s), 3.93 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 5.14 (2H, s), 6.90-6.98 (3H, m), 7.16 (1H, dd, J = 4.4Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.90 (1H, s), 8.03 (1H, d, J = 7.3Hz).

  Example 78

4- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -acetylamino} -piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 73 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.31-1.38 (2H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.80-1.86 (4H, m), 2.70-3.00 (2H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.88-4.13 (5H, m), 4.94 (2H, s), 6.55 (1H, brs), 6.77-6.92 (4H, m), 7.31 (1H, s ), 7.46 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 79

Preparation of 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N-piperidin-4-ylacetamide 4- {2- [5 -Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -acetylamino} -piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester 820 mg (1.44 mmol) To an ethanol solution (12 ml) was added 25 ml of a 4N hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution and stirred at room temperature for 28 hours. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was adjusted to pH 8 by adding aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 11 with 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from ethanol-ethyl acetate to give 2- [5-
185 mg (27% yield) of fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N-piperidin-4-ylacetamide was obtained.
Melting point 226-228 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.22-1.33 (2H, m), 1.62-1.81 (4H, m), 2.36-2.45 (2H, m) , 2.84-2.89 (2H, m), 3.55-3.75 (2H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.92
(2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 5.13 (2H, s), 6.90-6.98 (3H, m), 7.16 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.56 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.88 (1H, s), 8.01 (1H, d, J = 7.5Hz).

  Example 80

Preparation of 4- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] butyric acid ethyl ester As in Example 31, using appropriate starting materials. Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.06-1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.13), 1,80-2.02 (4H, m), 2.24-2.30 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.77 (3H, s), 3.92-4.00 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.03-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.54 -4.60 (2H, t, J = 6.87 Hz), 6.93-7.04 (3H, m), 7.24-7.29 (1H, m), 7.60-7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.97 (1H, s ).

  Example 81

Preparation of 4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] butyric acid As in Example 32, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.78-2.00 (4H, m), 2.16-2.22 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.78 (3H, s), 4.04-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.54-4.60 (2H, t, J = 7.0
Hz), 6.93-7.04 (3H, m), 7.24-7.30 (1H, m), 7.60-7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.97 (1H, s), 11.80-12.20 (1H, br) .

  Example 82

Preparation of N-butyl-4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] butyramide Example 33 was prepared using appropriate starting materials. In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
Yellow amorphous
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.78-0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 0.99-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.10-1.42 (4H, m), 1.75 -2.01 (6H, m), 2.92-2.97 (2H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.03-4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.53-4.58 (2H, t, J = 6.2 Hz ), 6.92-7.03 (3H, m), 7.23-7.28 (1H, m), 7.60-7.63 (2H, t, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.70-7.75 (1H, m), 7.93 (1H, s).

  Example 83

Preparation of 1- (3-bromo-propyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As in Example 17, using appropriate starting materials. The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05-1.12 (3H, m), 1.85-1.96 (2H, m), 2.30-2.35 (2H, m), 3.33 (2H, t, J = 6.1Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.96-4.05 (2H, m), 4.69 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 6.85-7.03 (4H, m), 7.59-7.64 (3H, m).

  Example 84

Preparation of 1- (3-chloro-propyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As in Example 17, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05-1.13 (3H, m), 1.87-1.96 (2H, m), 2.22-2.27 (2H, m), 3.49 (2H, t, J = 5.8Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.96-4.05 (2H, m), 4.70 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 6.8
6-7.02 (4H, m), 7.59-7.64 (3H, m).

  Example 85

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- (3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Example 18 with the appropriate starting materials In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 130-132 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.73-1.87 (4H, m), 2.07-2.20 (6H, m), 3.36-3.39 (4H, m) , 3.74 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.56 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, dd, J = 4.5 Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.98
(1H, s).

  Example 86

Preparation of 1- (3-diethylaminopropyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Similar to Example 18 using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
White powder (diethyl ether)
Melting point 80-82 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.81 (6H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.75-1.87 (4H, m), 2.22-2.38 (6H , m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 4.54 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 6.91-7.01 (3H, m), 7.23 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.96 (1H, s).

  Example 87

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- [3- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 18.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 152-154 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.78-1.86 (4H, m), 1.96 (3H, s), 2.04-2.14 (10H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.55 (2H, t, J = 6.2Hz), 6.90-7.01 (3H, m), 7.23 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.97 (1H, s).

  Example 88

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- (3-piperidin-1-ylpropyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Example 18 with the appropriate starting materials In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 132-134 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.20-1.40 (6H, m), 1.73-1.84 (4H, m), 2.02-2.10 (6H, m) , 3.74 (3H, s), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.53 (2H, t, J = 6.2Hz), 6.89-7.00 (3H, m), 7.20 (1H, dd, J = 4.5 Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.95
(1H, s).

  Example 89

Preparation of 1- [3- (4-ethylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 18.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 147-149 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.80-1.00 (6H, m), 1.70-1.80 (4H, m), 2.00-2.20 (12H, m),
3.75 (3H, s), 4.00-4.06 (2H, m), 4.54-4.59 (2H, m), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.20-7.26 (1H, m), 7.55-7.60 (2H, m ), 7.98 (1H, s).

  Example 90

Preparation of 5-fluoro-1- [3- (3-hydroxy-azetidin-1-yl) propyl] -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one hydrochloride The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 18 using the raw materials.
Pale yellow powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 183-185 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.79-1.94 (4H, m), 3.08-3.14 (2H, m), 3.68-3.83 (5H, m) , 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.19-4.43 (3H, m), 4.54-4.60 (2H,
m), 6.23 (1H, brs), 6.92-7.04 (3H, m), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.61 (2H,
d, J = 8.6Hz), 8.00 (1H, s), 10.30 (1H, brs).

  Example 91

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1- [3- (4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] -1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using the starting materials.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 123-125 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.79-1.89 (4H, m), 2.14-2.27 (6H, m), 3.20-3.30 (4H, m) , 3.74 (3H, s), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.60 (2H, t, J = 6.0Hz
), 6.58 (1H, dd, J = 5.0Hz, 6.9Hz), 6.69 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.90-7.02 (3H, m), 7.23
(1H, dd, J = 4.4Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.40-7.50 (1H, m), 7.58-7.61 (2H, m), 8.02-8.06 (2H, m).

  Example 92

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- [3- (4-morpholin-4-ylpiperidin-1-yl) propyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using the starting materials.
Light brown powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 168-170 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.12-1.20 (2H, m), 1.50-1.55 (2H, m), 1.68-1.86 (6H, m) , 1.90-2.11 (3H, m), 2.30-2.33 (4H, m), 2.62-2.67 (2H, m), 3.48-3.51 (4H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.56 (2H, t, J = 5.9Hz), 6.90-7.01 (3H, m), 7.23 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.99 (1H, s).

  Example 93

5-Fluoro-1- {3- [4- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazin-1-yl] propyl} -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one dihydrochloride The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 using appropriate starting materials.
Light beige powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 184-186 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.81-1.89 (2H, m), 2.00-2.25 (2H, m), 2.80-2.97 (2H, m) , 3.25 (3H, s), 3.20-3.40 (4H, m), 3.60-3.65 (8H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.60 (2H, t , J = 6.3Hz), 6.91-7.04 (3H, m), 7.26 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.03 (1H, s).

  Example 94

Preparation of 2- {3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -propyl} -isoindole-1,3-dione
To a solution of 5.0 g (15.2 mmol) of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one in DMF solution (25 ml), 800 mg of sodium hydride (60% oily) 18.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To this mixture, 4.48 g (16.7 mmol) of N-bromopropylphthalimide was added, followed by stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes and at 50 ° C. for 5 hours. After cooling with ice, 20 ml of water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The insoluble matter formed was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried to give 2- {3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline- 1-yl] -propyl} -isoindole-1,3-dione 4.63 g (yield 59
%).
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.74-1.83 (2H, m), 2.03 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 3.62 (2H, t , J = 6.6Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.61 (2H, t,
J = 7.5Hz), 6.91-7.02 (3H, m), 7.25 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.78-7.86 (4H, m) , 8.06 (1H, s).

  Example 95

Preparation of 1- (3-aminopropyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 2- {3- [5-fluoro-3- (4- 1. Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -propyl} -isoindole-1,3-dione
0.62 ml (12.8 mmol) of hydrazine hydrate was added to 0 g (3.88 mmol) of an ethanol solution (60 ml), and the mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 4 hours. The obtained mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 5N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1- (3-aminopropyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4 -Methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one (1.4 g, yield 94%) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.23 (2H, brs), 1.84-1.95 (4H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.61 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 6.83-7.02 (4H, m), 7.59-7.65 (3H, m).

  Example 96

Preparation of 2-chloro-N- {3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -propyl} acetamide 1- (3- Aminopropyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 645 mg (1.67 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 ml) was ice-cooled and triethylamine 253 mg (2 0.5 mmol) and 207 mg (1.83 mmol) of chloroacetyl chloride were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1 → 2: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 2-chloro-N- {3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline- 372 mg (yield 48%) of 1-yl] -propyl} acetamide was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.86-2.09 (4H, m), 3.33 (2H, q, J = 6.9Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, s), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 4.56 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 6.66 (1H, brs), 6.86-6.96 (3H, m), 7.03 (1H , dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.52 (1H, s), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 97

N- {3- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propyl} -2- [4- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazine -1-yl] acetamide hydrochloride preparation 2-chloro-N- {3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl]- 370 mg (0.8 mmol) of propyl} acetamide was suspended in 12 ml of acetonitrile, and 138 mg (0.96 mmol) of 1- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazine, 162 mg (1.6 mmol) of triethylamine and 2 ml of acetonitrile were added, and 70- Stir at 80 ° C. for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the extract was washed successively with water, saturated brine, and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The washed product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1 → 10: 1). The purified product is concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in 5 ml of ethyl acetate, 0.19 ml of 4N-hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution is added and stirred, and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow amorphous solid N -{3-
[5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propyl} -2- [4- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazin-1-yl] 200 mg of acetamide hydrochloride was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.78-1.89 (4H, m), 2.50-3.00 (4H, m), 2.96-3.20 (8H, m) , 3.25 (3H, s), 3.62-3.66 (4H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.98-4.04 (2H, m), 4.56 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.91-7.02 (3H m), 7.24 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.00 (1H, s), 8.07 (1H, brs).

  Example 98

Preparation of 1- (4-bromobutyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As described in Example 17, using appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06-1.13 (3H, m), 1.70-2.00 (6H, m), 3.39 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.03 (2H , t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.53 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 6.86-7.03 (4H, m),
7.49 (1H, s), 7.57-7.63 (2H, m).

  Example 99

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- (4-morpholin-4-ylbutyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Similar to Example 18 using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
White powder (ethyl acetate-n-hexane)
Melting point 118-120 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.27-1.35 (2H, m), 1.62-1.82 (4H, m), 2.13-2.19 (6H, m) , 3.44-3.47 (4H, m), 3.73 (3H, s), 3.98 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.49 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 6.89-6.99 (3H, m), 7.19 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.95 (1H, s).

  Example 100

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- [4- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) butyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 18.
Pale yellow amorphous
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.27-1.32 (2H, m), 1.62-1.65 (2H, m), 1.79 (2H, q, J = 6.9Hz), 2.07 (3H, s), 2.11-2.21 (10H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.49 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz) , 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.96 (1H, s).

  Example 101

Preparation of 2- {4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -butyl} -isoindole-1,3-dione The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 94 using various starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.96 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.50-1.80 (6H, m), 3.57 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 3.76 (3H, s ), 3.97 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.49 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 6.88-6.95 (3H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.80-7.90 (4H, m), 8.01 (1H, s).

  Example 102

Preparation of 1- (4-aminobutyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As in Example 95, using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.36-1.60 (4H, m), 1.75-1.95 (4H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz ), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 4.50 (2H, t, J = 7.3
Hz), 6.83-7.02 (4H, m), 7.50 (1H, s), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz).

  Example 103

Preparation of 2- {6- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] hexyl} -isoindole-1,3-dione The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 94 using the starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.20-1.77 (8H, m), 1.83-1.94 (2H, m), 3.65 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz ), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.46 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 6.83-7.04 (4H, m), 7.49 (1H, s), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.68-7.83 (4H, m).

  Example 104

1- (6-Aminohexyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Preparation of Example 95 using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.30-1.80 (10H, m), 1.87-1.95 (2H, m), 2.65 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz ), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 4.47 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 6.88-7.03 (4H, m), 7.50 (1H, s), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz).

  Example 105

Preparation of 1- (2-chloroethyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one In the same manner as in Example 17 using the appropriate starting materials, the above The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.81-2.01 (2H, m), 3.83 (3H, s),
3.84-3.89 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 4.00-4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.74-4.79 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.89-7.04 (4H, m) , 7.54 (1H, s), 7.59-7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz).

  Example 106

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one
To a solution of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 1.0 g (3.05 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) (5 ml) was added potassium carbonate 2 0.1 g (15.2 mmol) and 4- (2-chloroethyl) morpholine hydrochloride 1.36 g (7.31 mmol) were added and stirred at 50-60 ° C. for 45 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 30: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) -8-propoxy- as white powder. 1.01 g (yield 75%) of 1H-quinolin-4-one was obtained.
Melting point 206-208 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.78-1.87 (2H, m), 2.33-2.36 (4H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J = 5.6Hz), 3.43-3.47 (4H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.66 (2H, t, J = 5.7Hz), 6.94-7.02 (3H, m), 7.25 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.60
(2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.95 (1H, s).

  Example 107

Preparation of 2- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} isoindole-1,3-dione The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 94 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.85-2.01 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.03-4.12 (4H, m), 4.84 (2H , t, J = 5.6 Hz), 6.84-6.89 (3H, m), 6.92-7.00 (1H, m), 7.56 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.68-7.79 (5H, m).

  Example 108

Preparation of 1- (2-aminoethyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As in Example 95, using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.36 (2H, brs), 1.84-1.95 (2H, m), 3.10 (2H, t, J = 6.0Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 4.54 (2H, t, J = 6.1Hz), 6.84-7.02 (4H, m), 7.60-7.64 (3H, m).

  Example 109

((S) -1- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylcarbamoyl} -2-hydroxyethyl)- Preparation of carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 1- (2-aminoethyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 300 mg (0.81 mmol) DMF To a solution (1 ml) under ice-cooling, 174 mg (0.85 mmol) of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) -L-serine in DMF (0.5 ml), triethylamine 198 mg (1.96 mmol), diethylphosphorusulani Date (DEPC) 176 mg (0.97 mmol) and DMF 0.5 ml were added in this order, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine. The washed product was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 40: 1 → 30: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and a white amorphous solid ((S) -1- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H- There were obtained 338 mg (yield 75%) of quinolin-1-yl] ethylcarbamoyl} -2-hydroxyethyl) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.38 (9H, s), 1.87-1.95 (2H, m), 3.08 (1H, brs), 3.45-3.60 (3H , m), 3.69-3.79 (1H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.99 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 4.34 (1H, brs), 4.64 (2H, brs), 5.87 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.56 (1H, dd, J = 8.9Hz, 11.7Hz), 6.73 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 6.91 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.46 (1H, s), 8.26 (1H, brs).

  Example 110

((S) -5-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-5- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylcarbamoyl } Preparation of pentyl) carbamic acid tert-butyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 109, using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 0.90-1.05 (4H, m), 1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.37 (9H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.48-1.60 (2H , m), 1.87-1.99 (2H, m), 2.80-2.90 (2H, m), 3.40-3.50 (1H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.91-4.24 (5H, m), 4.53 (1H , brs), 5.27-5.33 (1H, m), 5.75-5.78 (1H, m), 6.43-6.52 (1H, m), 6.84-6.90 (3H, m), 7.39-7.48 (3H, m), 8.09 (1H,
brs).

  Example 111

[(S) -1- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylcarbamoyl} -2- (1H-imidazole Preparation of -4-yl) ethyl] carbamic acid tert-butyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 109, using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.39 (9H, s), 1.85-2.01 (2H, m), 2.72-2.90 (2H, m), 3.50-3.60 (1H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.77-3.86 (1H, m), 4.02 (2H, t,
J = 6.7Hz), 4.30-4.43 (2H, m), 4.82-4.88 (1H, m), 5.82 (1H, brs), 6.57 (1H, s), 6.72-6.84 (3H, m), 6.94-6.99 (1H, m), 7.08 (1H, s), 7.37-7.45 (3H, m), 8.05 (1H, brs).

  Example 112

Preparation of 2-chloro-N- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} acetamide Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 96.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.90-1.98 (2H, m), 3.64-3.70 (2H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.98 (2H , s), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 4.72-4.76 (2H, m), 6.51 (1H, dd, J = 9.0Hz, 11.7Hz), 6.78 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz ), 6.89 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.25-7.32 (3H, m), 8.54 (1H, brs).

  Example 113

N- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} -2- (4-morpholin-4-ylpiperidine- Preparation of 1-yl) acetamide dihydrochloride The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 97 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.75-1.96 (7H, m), 2.50-2.80 (2H, m), 2.85-3.25 (10H, m) , 3.76 (3H, s), 3.80-3.95 (4H, m), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.69 (2H, brs), 6.93-7.02 (3H, m), 7.25 (1H, dd , J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.87 (1H, s), 8.69 (1H, brs).

  Example 114

N- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} -2- [4- (2-methoxyethyl) piperazine Production of -1-yl] acetamide dihydrochloride The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 97, using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.76-1.85 (2H, m), 2.95-3.05 (4H, m), 3.25 (3H, s), 3.10 -3.30 (2H, m), 3.39-3.64 (10H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.02 (2H,
t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.68 (2H, brs), 6.91-7.01 (3H, m), 7.23 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz) , 7.86 (1H, s), 8.57 (1H, t, J = 5.4Hz).

  Example 115

(S) -2-Amino-N- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} -3-hydroxypropion Preparation of Amide Hydrochloride ((S) -1- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylcarbamoyl} -2 -Hydroxyethyl) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 330 mg (0.6 mmol) in ethanol solution (5 ml) was added 4N-hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution 5 ml and stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 11 by adding 6 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1 → 15: 1). The purified product is concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in 3 ml of ethanol and 3 ml of ethyl acetate, 0.1 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution is added and stirred, and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Crystallized white powder of (S) -2-amino-N- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl } 145 mg (yield 50%) of 3-hydroxypropionamide hydrochloride was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.76-1.88 (2H, m), 3.23-3.50 (5H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.53-4.73 (2H, m), 5.40-5.42 (1H, m), 6.91-7.03 (3H, m), 7.26 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0 Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.80 (1H, s), 8.00 (2H, brs), 8.58 (1H, t, J = 5.2Hz).

  Example 116

(S) -2,6-diaminohexanoic acid {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} amide dihydrochloride The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 115, using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.00-1.50 (6H, m), 1.77-1.86 (2H, m), 2.57 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 3.32-3.44 (3H, m), 3.50-3.70 (4H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.00-4.05 (2H, m), 4.53-4.82 (2H, m), 6.91-7.03 (3H, m), 7.24 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.86 (1H, s), 8.61 (1H, brs).

  Example 117

(S) -2-Amino-N- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethyl} -3- (1H -Imidazol-4-yl) propionamide Preparation The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 115, using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.78-1.86 (2H, m), 2.26 (1H, dd, J = 9.3Hz, 14.5Hz), 2.65 ( 1H, dd, J = 3.8Hz, 14.5Hz), 3.26 (1H, dd, J = 3.8Hz, 9.3Hz), 3.30-3.55 (4H, m), 3.73 (3H, s), 3.98-4.05 (2H, m), 4.64 (2H, brs), 6.61 (1H, s), 6.87-7.01 (3H, m), 7.22 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.48 (1H, s), 7.57 ( 2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.79 (1H, s), 8.13 (1H, brs).

  Example 118

Preparation of 1-but-3-enyl-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As described in Example 3, using appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.09-1.15 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.82-2.03 (2H, m), 2.38-2.64 (2H, m), 3.85 (3H, s), 4.02 -4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.55-4.61 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.96-5.15 (2H, m), 5.60-5.89 (1H, m), 6.79-7.08 (4H , m), 7.49 (1H, s), 7.61-7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz).

  Example 119

Preparation of 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -propionaldehyde 1-but-3-enyl-5-fluoro-3 1.2 g (3.15 mmol) of-(4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one was converted to a solution of dioxane (30 ml) -water (10 ml). 674 g (6.29 mmol), 1 ml of 4% osmic acid solution and 2.69 g (12.6 mmol) of sodium periodate were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water was added to the reaction solution, extracted with dichloromethane, washed with water, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 100: 0 → 0: 100). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -propionaldehyde as a pale yellow powder. 1.0 g (yield 83%) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.75-1.94 (2H, m), 3.04-3.92 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.83 (3H , s), 3.99-4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.76-4.81 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.82-7.06 (4H, m), 7.49-7.68 (3H, m), 9.81 (1H, s).

  Example 120

Preparation of 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propionic acid 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) ) -4-Oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -propionaldehyde 1.0 g (2.61 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml of water, 20 ml of tert-butyl alcohol and 20 ml of dichloromethane. Add 3.2 g (35.4 mmol) of sodium chlorite, 19.86 g (283 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-butene and 2 g (2.61 mmol) of sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate. Stir for hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, extracted with dichloromethane, washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 50: 50 → 0: 100). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 710 mg of 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propionic acid as a pale yellow powder. (Yield 68%) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.96-1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.62-1.91 (2H, m), 2.75-2.80 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.01-4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.69-4.75 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 6.90-7.03 (3H, m), 7.22-7.29 (1H, m ), 7.59-7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz)), 8.03 (1H,
s).

  Example 121

3- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- [3- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] Production of propionamide The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 33 using appropriate starting materials.
Melting point 191-192 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.25-1.50 (2H, m), 1.75-1.90 (2H, m), 2.20-2.45 (2H, m), 2.50-3.00 (15H, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 3.98-4.05 (2H, m), 4.75-5.00 (2H, m), 6.94-7.05 (3H, m), 7.26-7.40 ( 1H, m), 7.58-7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.88-7.92 (2H, m).

  Example 122

3- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propionic acid 2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl ester dihydrochloride Preparation of salt 3- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propionic acid 500 mg (1.25 mmol) in DMF solution (10 ml) 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-methylpiperazine 199 mg (1.38 mmol), dicyclohexylcarbodiimide 310 mg (1.50 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine 168 mg (1.38 mmol) were added at room temperature. Stir overnight. Water was added to the reaction solution, extracted with dichloromethane, washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate → dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1). The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, 4N-hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution was added and stirred, and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4 as a pale yellow powder. -Oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] propionic acid 2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl ester 110 mg (yield 17%) was obtained.
150-152 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.69-1.88 (2H, m), 2.78 (3H, s), 2.87-3.04 (2H, m) , 3.10-3.60 (10H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.01-4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.27-4.44 (2H, m), 4.67-4.94 (2H, m), 6.76 -7.09 (3H, m), 7.16-7.33 (1H, m), 7.58-7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.07 (1H, s).

  Example 123

Preparation of 3- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] thiopropionic acid S- (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ester hydrochloride Suitable The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 122 using various starting materials.
Melting point 50-52 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97-1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.65-1.88 (2H, m), 2.68 (3H, s), 2.70 (3H, s), 2.93 -3.10 (2H, m), 3.11-3.29 (4H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.04-4.09 (2H, t,
J = 6.6 Hz), 4.68-4.94 (2H, m), 6.90-7.06 (3H, m), 7.26-7.31 (1H, m), 7.61-7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.00 (1H , s), 10.41-10.92 (1H, br).

  Example 124

Preparation of 1- (2-bromoethyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As described in Example 17, using appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.09-1.15 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.82-2.03 (2H, m), 3.67-3.72 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.84 (3H , s), 4.01-4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.79-4.85 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 6.88-7.06 (4H, m), 7.53 (1H, s), 7.58- 7.63 (2H, m).

  Example 125

Preparation of 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylsulfanyl} propionic acid methyl ester 1- (2-chloroethyl ) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 3.5 g (8.98 mmol), methyl 3-mercaptopropionate 1.19 g (9.88 mmol) ), And 1.48 g (9.88 mmol) of sodium iodide were added to 30 ml of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was separated. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 3.2 g of 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-pionic acid methyl ester as a pale yellow powder (yield) 75%)
Got.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.65-2.80 (2H, m), 2.54-2.60 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.70 -2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.88-2.93 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 3.56 (3H, s), 3.78 (3H, s), 4.03-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.68-4.74 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 6.85-7.08 (3H, m), 7.25-7.30 (1H, m), 7.52-7.67 (2H, m), 8.06 (1H, s).

  Example 126

Preparation of 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylsulfanyl} propionic acid 3- {2- [5- A solution of 175 mg (0.37 mmol) of fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propionic acid methyl ester in acetonitrile (10 ml)
To the mixture, 31 mg (0.74 mmol) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate and 5 ml of water were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution is washed with ethyl acetate and acidified by adding 2N hydrochloric acid to the aqueous layer, and the insoluble matter produced is collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried to give 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- 140 mg (yield 82%) of (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylsulfanyl} propionic acid was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.96-1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.70-1.90 (2H, m), 2.42-2.47 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.64 -2.70 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.85-2.90 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.99-4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.65- 4.70 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 6.91-7.02 (3H, m),
7.20-7.26 (1H, m), 7.55-7.60 (2H, m), 8.01 (1H, s), 11.35-12.84 (1H, br).

  Example 127

Preparation of 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethanesulfonyl} propionic acid 3- {2- [5- Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethylsulfanyl} propionic acid 2.26 g (4.92 mmol) in a mixed solvent of 100 ml dichloromethane and 20 ml methanol Then, 2.55 g (10.33 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid (mCPBA) (purity 70%) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The resulting reaction solution was ice-cooled, 50 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite solution was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 0 → 100: 10). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8 as a pale yellow powder. -Propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethanesulfonyl} propionic acid (2.2 g, yield 91%) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97-1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.73-1.96 (2H, m), 2.64-2.70 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.37 -3.43 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.66-3.72 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.05-4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.94- 4.99 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 6.93-7.06 (3H, m),
7.27-7.30 (1H, m), 7.59-7.63 (2H, m), 8.02 (1H, s).

  Example 128

Preparation of 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethanesulfonyl} propionic acid methyl ester Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 127.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.84-2.03 (2H, m), 2.84-2.89 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.27-3.33 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.51-3.57 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 3.70 (3H,
s), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.05-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.95-5.00 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.01-7.08 (1H, m), 7.58-7.64 (2H, m), 7.66 (1H, s).

  Example 129

Preparation of 5-fluoro-1- [2- (3-hydroxypropylsulfanyl) ethyl] -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Examples using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as 125.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.60-1.75 (2H, m), 1.84-2.03 (2H, m), 2.40-2.60 (2H, m) , 2.84-2.89 (2H, m), 3.60-3.75 (2H, m), 3.70 (3H, s), 4.05-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.62-4.80 (2H, m, 6.86- 6.94 (3H, m), 7.01-7.08 (1H, m), 7.58-7.64 (2H, m), 7.66 (1H, s).

  Example 130

Preparation of 5-fluoro-1- [2- (3-hydroxypropane-1-sulfonyl) ethyl] -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 127.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97-1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.66-1.94 (4H, m), 3.38-3.53 (2H, m), 3.56-3.71 (2H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.03-4.14 (4H, m), 4.67-4.70 (1H, t, J = 5.1 Hz), 4.93-4.99 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 6.93-7.06 (3H, m), 7.26-7.33 (1H, m), 7.59-7.62 (2H, m), 8.01 (1H, s).

  Example 131

Preparation of 3- {2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethanesulfonyl} propionaldehyde 5-Fluoro-1- [2 -(3-Hydroxypropane-1-sulfonyl) ethyl] -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 2.7 g (5.65 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution To (3 ml), 1.9 g (6.78 mmol) of o-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) was added and stirred overnight at room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution, and the insoluble material was filtered off. The filtrate was separated, and the organic layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1 → 0: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and white powder 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethane was obtained. 1.8 g (67% yield) of sulfonyl} propionaldehyde were obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97-1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.82-2.03 (2H, m), 2.80-3.01 (2H, m), 3.45-3.50 (2H, m), 3.60-3.70 (2H, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 4.03-4.09 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.90-5.10 (2H, m), 6.93-7.06 (3H, m) , 7.26-7.33 (1H, m), 7.59-7.62 (2H, m), 8.01 (1H, s), 9.67 (1H, s).

  Example 132

Preparation of 1- [2- (2-dimethylaminoethylsulfanyl) ethyl] -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one hydrochloride Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 125.
Melting point 93-95 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.69-1.94 (2H, m), 2.69 (3H, s), 2.71 (3H, s), 2.85 -3.04 (4H, m), 3.11-3.28 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.03-4.08 (2H, t,
J = 6.8 Hz), 4.64-4.87 (2H, m), 6.73-7.09 (3H, m), 7.12-7.34 (1H, m), 7.63-7.67 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.14 (1H , s), 10.62-11.04 (1H, br).

  Example 133

5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- {2- [3- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropane-1-sulfonyl] ethyl} -8-propoxy-1H- Production of quinolin-4-one The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 33 using an appropriate starting material.
Melting point 85-88 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97-1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.78-1.96 (2H, m), 2.25 (3H, s), 2.29-2.45 (4H, m) , 2.75-2.80 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.30-3.50 (6H, m), 3.65-3.70 (2H,
t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.05-4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.95-5.00 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 6.91-7.06 (3H, m), 7.27-7.32 (1H m), 7.60-7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.03 (1H, s).

  Example 134

5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1- {2- [3- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) propane-1-sulfonyl] ethyl} -8-propoxy-1H-quinoline-4- Preparation of on-dihydrochloride 3- {2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] ethanesulfonyl} propionaldehyde 1.8 g ( To a methanol solution (20 ml) of 3.79 mmol), 0.455 mg (4.54 mmol) of N-methylpiperazine was added under ice cooling, followed by stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. To the resulting mixture were added 0.238 g (3.79 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride and 2 ml of acetic acid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 0 → 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, a 4N-hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution was added to the residue ethyl acetate solution, and the resulting insoluble matter was collected by filtration to give a yellow powder of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl)- 1- {2- [3- (4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl) propane-1-sulfonyl] ethyl} -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one dihydrochloride (360 mg, yield 15%) was obtained. It was.
Melting point 72-74 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.98-1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.78-1.96 (2H, m), 2.12-2.34 (2H, m), 2.80 (3H, s) , 3.00-3.75 (14H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.06-4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.7 Hz), 4.98-5.03 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.94-7.07 (3H , m), 7.28-7.33 (1H, m), 7.61-7.64 (2H, d,
J = 8.8 Hz), 8.05 (1H, s).

  Example 135

Preparation of 8- (2-benzyloxyethoxy) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials. Manufactured.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.77 (3H, s), 3.87-3.90 (2H, t, J = 4.3 Hz), 4.35-4.38 (2H, t,
J = 4.3 Hz), 4.58 (2H, s), 6.80-7.00 (3H, m), 7.10-7.32 (6H, m), 7.54-7.57 (2H, m), 7.79-7.82 (1H, d, J = 6.2 Hz), 11.49 (1H, d, J = 5.2 Hz).

  Example 136

Preparation of 5-fluoro-8- (2-hydroxyethoxy) -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one 8- (2-benzyloxyethoxy) -5-fluoro-3- (4- Methanolphenyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one 6.3 g (15.0 mmol) in ethanol (50 ml)
), 20% palladium hydroxide / carbon (5.0 g) was added, and the atmosphere was replaced with hydrogen, followed by stirring at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the catalyst was removed and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 0 → 20: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 5.2 g of 5-fluoro-8- (2-hydroxyethoxy) -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one as a pale yellow powder (yield) 99%).
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.77 (3H, s), 3.79-3.83 (2H, t, J = 4.7 Hz), 4.12-4.16 (2H, t,
J = 4.7 Hz), 6.84-6.96 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (1H, m), 7.53-7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.85 (1H, s).

  Example 137

Preparation of [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydro-quinolin-8-yloxy] acetic acid The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 120, using appropriate starting materials. Manufactured.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.80 (3H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 6.85-6.92 (3H, m), 7.11-7.16 (1H,
m), 7.53-7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.80-7.82 (1H, d, J = 6.2 Hz), 11.46-11.49 (1H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 13.10-13.30 (1H , br).

  Example 138

Preparation of N-butyl-2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-8-yloxy] acetamide Similar to Example 33, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Light brown powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.84-0.90 (7.2 Hz), 1.10-1.60 (4H, m), 3.15-3.23 (2H, q, J = 6.5 Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.66 (2H, s), 6.87-6.96 (3H, m), 7.11-7.16 (1H, m), 7.55-7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.31-8.35 (1H, t, 5.8 Hz) , 11.68 (1H, brs).

  Example 139

Preparation of 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-8-yloxy] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide Suitable starting material The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 33.
Melting point 180-182 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 2.40-2.50 (2H, m), 3.10-3.14 (2H, m), 4.45 (2H, s), 3.28-3.54 (4H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.80-4.21 (4H, m), 6.84-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.15 (1H, m), 7.51-7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.20-8.50 (1H, m).

  Example 140

Preparation of 4- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydro-quinolin-8-yloxy] butyric acid ethyl ester As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials. Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.22-1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.16-2.26 (2H, m), 2.54-2.59 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.81 (3H , s), 4.10-4.20 (4H, m), 6.75-6.94 (4H, m), 7.55-7.72 (2H, m
), 7.72-7.75 (1H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 9.49-9.51 (1H, d, J = 5.2 Hz).

  Example 141

Preparation of 4- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydro-quinolin-8-yloxy] butyric acid As in Example 32, using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.89-2.01 (2H, m), 2.42-2.45 (2H, m), 3.69 (3H, s), 4.05-4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.1 Hz) , 6.76-6.89 (3H, m), 7.02-7.07 (1H, m), 7.45-7.49 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.71-7.73 (1H, d, J = 5.4 Hz), 11.21-11.23 (1H, d, J = 4.9 Hz), 11.6-12.5 (1H, br)
.

  Example 142

Preparation of N-butyl-4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-8-yloxy] butyramide Similar to Example 33, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
White amorphous
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.79-0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.15-1.40 (4H, m), 2.00-2.10 (2H, m), 2.29-2.35 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 2.99-3.10 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.10-4.15 (2H, t, J = 6.2 Hz), 6,84-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10 -7.16 (1H, m), 7.52-7.56 (2H, t, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.70-7.85 (2H, m), 11.27 (1H, brs).

  Example 143

Preparation of 4- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinolin-8-yloxy] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) butyramide hydrochloride Suitable The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 33 using the starting materials.
Melting point 180-182 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 2.02-2.07 (2H, m), 2.40-2.43 (2H, m), 2.94-3.26 (6H, m), 3.28-3.54 (4H, m), 3.75 ( 3H, s), 3.80-4.21 (4H, m), 6.84-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.15 (1H, m), 7.51-7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.20-8.50 ( 1H, m), 10.60-11.10 (1H, br).

  Example 144

Preparation of 3- [4- (2-benzyloxyethoxy) phenyl] -5-fluoro-8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials. Manufactured.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.03-1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.80-1.91 (2H, m), 3.81-3.85 (2H, m), 4.03-4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.63 (2H, s), 6.79-6.93 (4H, m), 7.30-7.37 (5H, m), 7.53-7.57 (2H, m), 7.69-7.72 (1H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 9.05-9.08 (1H, d, J = 5.7 Hz).

  Example 145

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound is prepared in the same manner as in Example 136 using appropriate starting materials. did.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.06-1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.81-1.90 (2H, m), 3.70-3.75 (2H, m), 3.99-4.03 (2H, m), 4.09-4.14 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.80-4.93 (1H, m), 6.86-6.97 (3H, m), 7.13-7.18 (1H, m), 7.53-7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.79-7.87 (1H, m), 11.0-11.5 (1H, m).

  Example 146

Preparation of [5-fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4 -Oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester 4.0 g (9.6 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and dissolved in 1M boron tribromide dichloromethane solution at -10 ° C. 35
ml (35 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at the same temperature for 2 hours, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 15: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and 2.7 g of [5-fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester as a yellow powder ( Yield 57%).
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.19 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.69-1.77 (2H, m), 3.95 (2H, t , J = 6.6Hz), 4.14 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 5.29 (2H, s), 6.76 (2H, d,
J = 8.7Hz), 6.97 (1H, dd, J = 9.0Hz, 11.7Hz), 7.21 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.45 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.95 ( 1H, s), 9.41 (1H, s).

  Example 147

Preparation of [5-fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 32 using appropriate starting materials. Manufactured.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.73-1.82 (2H, m), 3.95 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 5.21 (2H, s ), 6.76 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 6.96 (1H, dd, J = 9.0Hz, 11.6Hz), 7.20 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.45 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.95 (1H, s), 9.40 (1H, s), 12.50 (1H, brs).

  Example 148

Preparation of 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide [5- Fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] acetic acid 500 mg (1.34 mmol) in DMF solution (7 ml) 4- (2-aminoethyl) 184 mg (1.41 mmol) of morpholine, 295 mg of 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (WSC) (1.
54 mmol) and 215 mg of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) (1.
41 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 23 hours. Water and triethylamine were added to the reaction solution to make it basic, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1 → 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 2- [5-fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline-1 as white powder. There was obtained 157 mg (yield 24%) of -yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.94 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.70-1.78 (2H, m), 2.29-2.33 (6H, m), 3.17 (2H, q, J = 6.3Hz), 3.44-3.52 (4H, m), 3.92 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.75 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 6.94 (1H, dd, J = 8.9Hz, 11.6Hz), 7.16 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz,
9.0Hz), 7.44 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.83 (1H, s), 7.91 (1H, t, J = 5.4Hz), 9.50 (1H, s).

  Example 149

(4- {5-Fluoro-1-[(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylcarbamoyl) methyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl} phenoxy) acetic acid ethyl ester 2- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl] -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide 300 mg (0 .62 mmol) in DMF solution (4 ml)
. 93 mmol) and 114 mg (0.68 mmol) of ethyl bromoacetate were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 87 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution and the phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 20: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure to give [(4- {5-fluoro-1-[(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylcarbamoyl) methyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1 as a pale yellow oil. , 4-Dihydroquinolin-3-yl} phenoxy) acetic acid ethyl ester (306 mg, yield 87%) was obtained. ¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.79-1.88 (2H, m), 2.30-2.43 (6H, m ), 3.35 (2H, q, J = 6.0Hz), 3.48-3.52 (4H, m), 3.91 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 4.26 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 4.59 (2H , s), 5.00 (2H, s), 6.76-6.96 (5H, m), 7.37 (1H, s), 7.51 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz).

  Example 150

Of 2- (4- {5-fluoro-1-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethylcarbamoyl) methyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl} phenoxy) acetamide Preparation (4- {5-Fluoro-1-[(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylcarbamoyl) methyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl} phenoxy) ethyl acetate 300 mg of ester was added to 15 ml of 7N-ammonia-methanol solution and stirred at 70 ° C. for 43 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 9: 1 → ethyl acetate: methanol = 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 2- (4- {5-fluoro-1-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethylcarbamoyl)] as a pale yellow powder. 100 mg (35% yield) of methyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl} phenoxy) acetamide were obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.72-1.81 (2H, m), 2.32-2.34 (6H, m), 3.18 (2H, q, J = 6.5Hz), 3.50-3.54 (4H, m), 3.94 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 4.43 (2H, s), 5.14 (2H, s), 6.92-7.00 (3H, m), 7.19 ( 1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.39 (1H, s),
7.53 (1H, s), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.91-7.93 (2H, brs).

  Example 151

Preparation of (5-Fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-3- {4- [2- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy) ethoxy] phenyl} -4H-quinolin-1-yl) acetic acid ethyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 149 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.53-1.74 (6H, m), 1.80-1.88 (2H, m ), 3.50-3.60 (1H, m), 3.83-3.91 (2H, m), 3.95 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 4.03-4.08 (1H, m), 4.16-4.28 (4H, m), 4.72 (1H, brs), 5.10 (2H, s), 6.84-7.00 (4H, m), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 152

Preparation of {5-fluoro-3- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl} acetic acid ethyl ester (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8 -Propoxy-3- {4- [2- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy) ethoxy] phenyl} -4H-quinolin-1-yl) acetic acid ethyl ester in ethanol solution (20 ml) in 840 mg (1.59 mmol) 6.3 ml of hydrochloric acid was added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 2 hours. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate and water were added to the residue for liquid separation, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1 → 15: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a light yellow oily {5-fluoro-3- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl} acetic acid was obtained. 627 mg (yield 89%) of ethyl ester was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.79-1.88 (3H, m), 3.92-3.98 (4H, m ), 4.08-4.12 (2H, m), 4.24 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 5.10 (2H, s),
6.84-7.00 (4H, m), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 153

Preparation of {5-fluoro-3- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl} acetic acid As in Example 32, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.71-1.85 (2H, m), 3.72 (2H, m), 3.93-4.02 (4H, m), 4.87 (1H, brs), 5.22 (2H, s), 6.93-7.02 (3H, m), 7.22 (1H, dd,
J = 4.5Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.00 (1H, s), 12.50 (1H, brs).

  Example 154

2- {5-Fluoro-3- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-yl} -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) acetamide The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 148 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.72-1.79 (2H, m), 2.30-2.40 (6H, m), 3.18 (2H, q, J = 5.9Hz), 3.50-3.53 (4H, m), 3.69-3.74 (2H, m), 3.91-4.00 (4H, m), 4.91 (1H, t, J = 5.4Hz), 5.14 (2H, s), 6.92-6.98 (3H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J = 4.4Hz, 9.0Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.90-7.93 (2H, brs).

  Example 155

Preparation of 4- [4- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydro-quinolin-3-yl) phenoxy] butyric acid ethyl ester As in Example 1, using appropriate starting materials. Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.25-1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.
87-1.98 (2H, m), 2.10-2.17 (2H, m), 2.51-2.57 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.00-4.21 (6H, m), 6.83-6.93 (4H, m), 7.55-7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.72-7.75 (1H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 8.93 (1H, brs).

  Example 156

Preparation of 4- [4- (5-Fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydro-quinolin-3-yl) -phenoxy] butyric acid As in Example 32, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.93-1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.69-1.91 (4H, m), 2.28-2.34 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.89 -3.94 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.00-4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.67-6.87 (3H, m), 7.03-7.08 (1H, m), 7.43-7.47 (2H , d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.71-7.73 (1H, d, J = 6.3 Hz), 11.18-11.20 (1H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 11.5-12.2 (1H, br).

  Example 157

Preparation of N-butyl-4- [4- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl) phenoxy] butyramide Similar to Example 33, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
White amorphous
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.81-0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.01-1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.20-1.40 (4H, m), 1.80 -1.95 (4H, m), 2.19-2.25 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.00-3.40 (2H, m),
3.93-3.99 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 4.07-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.84-6.93 (3H, m), 7.11-7.16 (1H, m), 7.51-7.54 ( 2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.82 (2H, m), 11.24 (1H, brs).

  Example 158

[4- (5-Fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydro-quinoline-3
-Il) phenoxy] Production of Acetic Acid The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03-1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.78-1.92 (2H, m), 4.09-4.14 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.70 (2H, s), 6.86-6.97 (3H, m), 7.13-7.18 (1H, m), 7.51-7.56 (2H, m), 7.80-7.83 (1H, d, J = 6.3 Hz), 11.27-11.29 (1H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 12.99 (1H, brs).

  Example 159

Preparation of N-butyl-2- [4- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl) phenoxy] acetamide Similar to Example 33, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.83-0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.02-1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.23-1.50 (4H, m), 1.80 -1.88 (2H, m), 3.08-3.16 (2H, m), 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz),
4.47 (2H, s), 6.85-6.97 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (1H, m), 7.53-7.56 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.80 (1H, s), 8.03-8.08 ( 1H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 11.24 (1H, brs).

  Example 160

Preparation of 4- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl) benzaldehyde The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.86-2.00 (2H, m), 4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.
6Hz), 6.85-6.98 (2H, m), 7.84-7.93 (5H, m), 8.90 (1H, brs), 10.02 (1H, s).

  Example 161

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- [4- (4-morpholin-4-ylpiperidin-1-carbonyl) phenyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials, Example 106 and In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.74-1.86 (2H, m), 2.32-2.35 (4H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J = 5.4Hz), 3.51-3.54 (4H, m), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.50 (2H, d, J = 4.5Hz), 4.66 (2H, d, J = 5.4Hz), 5.22 (1H, brs), 6.99 (1H, dd, J = 8.9Hz, 11.6Hz), 7.22-7.33 (3H, m), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 7.97 (1H, s).

  Example 162

Preparation of 4- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl) -N- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) benzamide Examples using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in 73.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.75-1.89 (2H, m), 2.38-2.50 (6H, m), 3.38 (2H, q, J = 6.3Hz), 3.53-3.61 (4H, m), 4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.92 (1H, dd, J = 8.7Hz, 12.0Hz), 7.15 (1H, dd, J = 3.9Hz , 8.8Hz), 7.71 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz), 7.89 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz), 7.94 (1H, s), 8.41 (1H, t, J = 5.5Hz), 11.46 ( 1H, brs).

  Example 163

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- [4- (4-morpholin-4-ylpiperidin-1-carbonyl) phenyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Example 73 was prepared using appropriate starting materials. In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.30-1.38 (2H, m), 1.75-1.89 (4H, m), 2.34-2.49 (4H, m) , 2.79-3.02 (2H, m), 3.61-3.69 (6H, m), 4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.42 (1H, brs), 6.92 (1H, dd, J = 8.8Hz, 12.0 Hz), 7.15 (1H, dd, J = 3.9Hz, 8.8Hz), 7.37 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 7.67 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 7.92 (1H, s), 11.45 (1H, brs).

  Example 164

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carbaldehyde In the same manner as in Example 2, using appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10-1.16 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.86-2.00 (2H, m), 3.86 (3H, s),
4.02-4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.72-6.91 (1H, m), 6.92-7.05 (3H, m), 7.31-7.43 (2H, m), 9.25 (1H, brs), 9.77 ( 1H, s).

  Example 165

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester As in Example 2, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10-1.16 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.85-2.05 (2H, m), 3.70 (3H, s),
3.85 (3H, s), 4.10-4.15 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.75-6.99 (4H, m), 7.12-7.22 (2H, m), 9.36 (1H, brs).

  Example 166

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid As described in Example 32, using appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00-1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.69-1.92 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.10-4.15 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.88-6.97 (3H, m), 7.12-7.23 (3H, m), 10.78 (1H, brs), 13.00-15.00 (1H, br).

  Example 167

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) amide 5-fluoro-3- (4- 10 ml of ethanolamine was added to 3.2 g (7.78 mmol) of methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 0 → 20: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and a pale yellow amorphous solid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid ( There were obtained 3.0 g (yield 93%) of 2-hydroxyethyl) amide.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.69-1.95 (2H, m), 2.92-3.17 (4H, m), 3.76 (3H, s) , 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.32-4.57 (1H, m), 6.86-6.93 (3H, m), 7.15-7.21 (3H, m), 8.13-8.33 (1H, m) , 11.09 (1H, brs).

  Example 168

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydro-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2-chloroethyl) amide 5-fluoro-3- (4- Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) amide 3.0 g (7.24 mmol) in THF (30 ml) in triphenylphosphine 2 .47 g (9.8 mmol) and carbon tetrachloride 1.4 g (9.1 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 2 hours. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is subjected to silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 0 → 20: 1).
). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and white powder of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydro-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2- 1.8 g (yield 58%) of chloroethyl) amide was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99-1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.75-1.89 (2H, m), 3.20-3.30 (4H, m), 3.75 (3H, s) , 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.16-7.21 (3H, m), 8.64-8.69 (1H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 11.14 (1H , s).

  Example 169

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) methylamide Examples using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in 167.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.00-1.10 (3H, m), 1.83-1.95 (2H, m), 3.42-3.54 (5H, m), 3.60-3.65 (2H, m), 3.80 (1.2H , s), 3.82 (1.8H, s), 3.99-4.00 (0.8H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.06-4.12 (1.2 H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.75-6.96 (4H, m) 7.32-7.45 (2H, m), 8.89 (0.6H, brs), 9.31 (0.4H, brs).

  Example 170

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid [2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] amide A solution of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydro-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2-chloroethyl) amide 600 mg (1.38 mmol) in DMF ( 8 ml), 276 mg (2.76 mmol) of N-methylpiperazine, 440 mg (2.9 mmol) of sodium iodide and 572 mg (4.14 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added and stirred at 80 ° C. overnight. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (NH silica gel, dichloromethane: methanol = 100: 0 → 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and white powder of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid [2- (4- 100 mg (yield 14%) of methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] amide were obtained.
Melting point 106-107 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10-1.16 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.90-1.99 (2H, m), 2.21-2.80 (13H, m), 3.28-3.35 (2H, m) , 3.85 (3H, s), 4.08-4.14 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.25-6.50 (1H, brs), 6.79-7.05 (4H, m), 7.28-7.32 (2H, m), 9.77 -10.1 (1H, br).

  Example 171

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) amide Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 170.
Melting point 111-112 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10-1.16 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.88-2.00 (2H, m), 2.17-2.25 (6H,
m), 3.29-3.35 (2H, m), 3.54-3.58 (4H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.08-4.14 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.35-6.50 (1H, m) , 6.79-7.05 (4H, m), 7.28-7.34 (2H, m), 9.96 (1H, s).

  Example 172

Preparation of 5-fluoro-2-{[(2-hydroxyethyl) methylamino] methyl} -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 134.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.07-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.83-1.92 (2H, m), 2.32 (3H, s),
2.61-2.65 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 3.75-3.80 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.04-4.12 (3H, m), 6.72-6.94 (4H, m), 7.13- 7.17 (2H, m), 10.03 (1H, brs).

  Example 173

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-2- (4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one 5-fluoro-3- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carbaldehyde in 1- (2-pyridyl) to 1,2-dichloromethane solution (20 ml) in 800 mg (2.25 mmol) Piperazine (551 mg, 3.38 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. To the obtained mixture, 670 mg (3.16 mmol) of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Dichloromethane was added to the reaction solution, washed with water, and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by NH silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1). The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give white powder of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-2- (4-pyridine- 400 mg (yield 35%) of 2-ylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one were obtained.
Melting point 211-212 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06-1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.84-1.93 (2H, m), 2.63-2.67 (4H,
m), 3.50-3.65 (6H, m), 3.89 (3H, s), 4.06-4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.93-6.68 (2H, m), 6.76-6.98 (4H, m) , 7.16-7.20 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.45-7.56 (1H, m), 8.18-8.21 (1H,
m), 10.0-10.2 (1H, brs).

  Example 174

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-2- (4-pyridin-4-ylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 173.
Melting point 210-211 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05-1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.81-1.95 (2H, m), 2.66-2.70 (4H,
m), 3.38-3.42 (4H, m), 3.56 (2H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.06-4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.66-6.69 (2H, d, J = 5.3 Hz), 6.76-6.97 (4H, m), 7.15-7.19 (2Hm d, J = 7.5 Hz), 8.28-8.30
(2H, d, J = 5.3 Hz), 9.90-10.2 (1H, brs).

  Example 175

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- [4- (6-methylpyridin-2-yl) piperazin-1-ylmethyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 173 using the starting materials.
Melting point 205-206 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06-1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.85-1.93 (2H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 2.62-2.64 (4H, m), 3.53 (2H, s), 3.55-3.70 (4H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.05-4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.41-6.44 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.50-6.53 (1H, d, J = 7.3 Hz), 6.75-6.96 (4H, m), 7.16-7.20 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.37-7.41 (1H, m), 10.2 (1H, s).

  Example 176

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- [4- (2-methylpyridin-4-yl) piperazin-1-ylmethyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 173 using the starting materials.
Melting point 205-207 ° C
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm: 1.05-1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.81-1.95 (2H, m), 2.46 (3H, s), 2.60-2.70 (4H, m), 3.30-3.40 (4H, m), 3.54 (2H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.05-4.10 (2H, t,
J = 6.3 Hz), 6.45-6.55 (2H, m), 6.74-6.95 (4H, m), 7.13-7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.17-8.19 (1H, d, J = 5.9 Hz ), 10.04 (1H, s).

  Example 177

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (4-methyl- [1,4] diazepan-1-ylmethyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 173.
Melting point 243-244 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.13-1.20 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.50-1.70 (2H, m), 2.30-2.60 (3H,
m), 2.70-2.90 (6H, m), 3.40-3.77 (4H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.11-4.16 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.76-6.96 (4H, m) , 7.08-7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 9.60 (1H, s).

  Example 178

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethylamino) methyl] -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 173.
Melting point 135-137 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11-1.17 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.87-2.15 (3H, m), 2.39-2.42 (4H,
m), 2.46-2.51 (2H, t, J = 5.7 Hz), 2.64-2.68 (2H, t, J = 5.7 Hz), 3.65-3.68 (4H, t, J = 4.6 Hz), 3.74 (2H, s ), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.07-4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.74-6.96 (4H, m),
7.16-7.20 (2H, m), 10.35 (1H, s).

  Example 179

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-{[methyl- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) amino] methyl} -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Suitable starting material Was used in the same manner as in Example 173 to prepare the above compound.
Melting point 127-128 ° C
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δppm: 1.10-1.17 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.86-2.00 (2H, m), 2.30-2.42 (7H, m), 2.46-2.52 (2H, m), 2.58 -2.64 (2H, m), 3.52 (2H, s), 3.52-3.63 (4H, t, J = 4.6 Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.75-6.96 (4H, m), 7.13-7.18 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 10.11 (1H, s).

  Example 180

Preparation of 2-{[(2-chloroethyl) methylamino] methyl} -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Examples using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in 168.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.00-1.10 (3H, m), 1.83-1.95 (2H, m), 2.26 (3H, s), 2.64 (2H, m), 3.03 (2H, s), 3.48 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.75-6.96 (4H, m), 7.32-7.45 (2H, m), 8.89 (0.6H, brs), 9.31 (0.4H, brs).

  Example 181

Preparation of 5-fluoro-2-hydroxymethyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8- A solution (30 ml) of propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinoline-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester 5.0 g (13 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 ml) was cooled to −78 ° C. and diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H) (1M) in a nitrogen atmosphere. 30 ml of toluene solution) was added dropwise. After completion of dropping, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, 5N sodium hydroxide was added, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 4.8 g (yield) of yellow amorphous solid 5-fluoro-2-hydroxymethyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one. 85%).
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.04-1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.83-1.92 (2H, m), 3.75 (3H, s),
4.02-4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 4.39 (2H, s), 4.67 (1H, brs), 6.71-6.83 (4H, m), 6.95-
6.98 (2H, m), 9.82 (1H, s).

  Example 182

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As described in Example 173 above using the appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
Melting point 175-176 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.09-1.14 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.78-1.94 (2H, m), 2.32-2.47 (4H, m), 3.47 (2H, s) , 3.55-3.68 (4H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.12-4.16 (2H, t, J = 6.2 Hz), 6.79-7.00 (3H, m), 7.06-7.14 (2H, m), 7.15 -7.25 (1H, m), 10.21 (1H, brs).

  Example 183

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Example 173 with the appropriate starting materials In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 204-205 ° C.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.18-1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.86-2.08 (2H, m), 2.31 (3H, s), 2.36-2.79 (8H, m), 3.49 (2H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.08-4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.2 Hz), 6.68-7.00 (4H, m), 7.11-7.22 (2H, m), 10.21 (1H, brs ).

  Example 184

Preparation of 4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-2-yl] butyric acid As in Example 32, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 154-156 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.65-1.71 (2H, m), 1.79-1.87 (2H, m), 2.09 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.57 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.13 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 6.81-6.94 (3H, m), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J = 4.0Hz, 8.8Hz), 10.40 (1H, brs).

  Example 185

Preparation of N-butyl-4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-2-yl] butyramide Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 33.
Pale yellow powder (diethyl ether)
Melting point 134-136 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.82 (3H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.19-1.30 (4H, m), 1.64-1.70 (2H , m), 1.84 (2H, q, J = 6.9Hz), 1.98-2.03 (2H, m), 2.48-2.56 (2H, m), 2.94-2.99 (2H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.81-6.93 (3H, m), 7.05-7.15 (3H, m), 7.82 (1H, t, J = 5.0Hz), 10.97 (1H, brs).

  Example 186

Preparation of 5-fluoro-8-propoxy-3-pyrimidin-5-yl-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2 using appropriate starting materials.
Melting point> 250 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-2.00 (2H, m), 4.14 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 6.99 (1H, dd , J = 8.8, 12.0Hz), 7.23 (1H, dd, J = 3.9, 8.8Hz), 8.12 (1H, s), 9.08 (2H, s), 9.10 (1H, s), 11.68 (1H, s) .

  Example 187

Preparation of 5-fluoro-3- (1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2 using appropriate starting materials. Manufactured.
Melting point 223-225 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-1.95 (2H, m), 3.87 (3H, s), 4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz ), 6.90 (1H, dd, J = 8.7, 12.0Hz), 7.13 (1H, dd, J = 3.9, 8.7Hz), 7.95 (1H, s), 8.08 (1H, d, J = 5.4Hz), 8.37 (1H, s), 11.36 (1H, d, J = 5.4Hz).

  Example 188

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Example 23 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.85-2.05 (2H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t , J = 6.6Hz), 6.32 (2H, d, J = 13.0Hz), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.79 (1H, s).

  Example 189

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 3- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Examples using suitable starting materials In the same manner as in Example 23, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.37 (18H, s), 1.85-2.05 (2H, m), 4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 6.30 (2H, d, J = 12.6Hz), 6.99 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 10.7Hz), 7.13
(1H, dd, J = 4.4, 9.0Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 2.1, 8.3Hz), 7.37 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 2.1Hz) , 7.75 (1H, s).

  Example 190

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 3- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -8-ethoxy-5-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.37 (18H, s), 1.54 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.18 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 6.28 (2H, d, J = 11.9Hz), 6.50-6.60 (2H, m), 6.93 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 10.9Hz), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.34 (1H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.72
(1H, s).

  Example 191

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 3- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Example 23 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.85-2.05 (2H, m), 4.00-4.15 (4H, m), 6.32 (2H, d, J = 13.0Hz), 6.80-7.00 (3H, m), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.61 (2H, t, J = 8.9Hz), 7.78 (1H, s).

  Example 192

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 8- (cyclohexylmethylamino) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in Example 23, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.02-1.90 (28H, m), 2.50-2.75 (1H, m), 2.78 (3H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 5.97 (1H, dd, J = 9.4, 10.7Hz), 6.80-7.05 (3H, m), 7.42 (1H, dd, J = 5.1, 8.8Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 9.4, 12.1Hz), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.71 (1H, s).

  Example 193

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 5-fluoro-3- (2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in Example 23, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.85-2.05 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t , J = 6.6Hz), 6.30 (2H, d, J = 12.6Hz), 6.60-6.80 (2H, m), 6.96 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 10.8Hz), 7.10 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.51 (1H, t, J = 8.4Hz),
7.79 (1H, s).

  Example 194

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 8-cyclopropylmethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 0.35-0.50 (2H, m), 0.60-0.75 (2H, m), 1.25-1.45 (19H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.95 (2H, d, J = 7.1Hz), 6.40 (2H, d, J = 13.1Hz), 6.85-7.00 (3H, m), 7.04 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 9.0Hz), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.79 (1H, s).

  Example 195

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 8-ethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Example 23 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.36 (18H, s), 1.55 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.19 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 6.33 ( 2H, d, J = 12.8Hz), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 4.5,
9.0Hz), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.77 (1H, s).

  Example 196

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 8-cyclobutylmethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.36 (18H, s), 1.85-2.10 (4H, m), 2.15-2.30 (2H, m), 2.85-3.00 (1H, m), 3.83 (3H, s) , 4.07 (2H, d, J = 7.0Hz), 6.30 (2H, d, J = 13.2Hz), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.63 ( 2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.79 (1H, s).

  Example 197

Preparation of phosphoric acid di-tert-butyl ester 5,6-difluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Performed using suitable starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.90-2.05 (2H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.06 (2H, t , J = 6.6Hz), 6.28 (2H, d, J = 13.2Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.02 (1H, dd, J = 6.8, 11.6Hz), 7.62 (2H, d , J = 8.9Hz), 7.78 (1H, s).

  Example 198

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 5-fluoro-3- (1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 23 using the raw materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.37 (18H, s), 1.85-2.00 (2H, m), 3.93 (3H, s), 4.06 (2H, t , J = 6.6Hz), 6.34 (2H, d, J = 13.1Hz), 6.94 (1H, dd, J = 9.0,
11.1Hz), 7.06 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.81 (1H, s), 8.01 (1H, s), 8.38 (1H, s)
.

  Example 199

Preparation of di-tert-butyl phosphate 5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-3-pyrimidin-5-yl-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Example 23 with the appropriate starting materials In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.36 (18H, s), 1.90-2.10 (2H, m), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 6.36 (2H, d, J = 13.8Hz), 7.01 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 10.9Hz), 7.16
(1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0 Hz), 7.96 (1H, s), 9.08 (2H, s), 9.15 (1H, s).

  Example 200

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester As in Example 24, using appropriate starting materials. Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-1.90 (2H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz ), 6.26 (2H, d, J = 11.2Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.06 (1H, dd, J = 9.1, 11.6Hz), 7.33 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.1Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 8.00 (1H, s).

  Example 201

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [3- (2,4-dichloro-phenyl) -5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Example 24 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.80-1.95 (2H, m), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 6.24 (2H, d , J = 11.2Hz), 7.13 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.4Hz), 7.40 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 9.0Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 7.52 (1H , dd, J = 2.1, 8.2 Hz), 7.69 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 7.97 (1H, s).

  Example 202

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [3- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -8-ethoxy-5-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Using appropriate starting materials, Example 24 and In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.45 (3H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 3.69 (3H, s), 3.80 (3H, s), 4.19 (2H, q, J = 6.9Hz), 6.20 (2H, d, J = 9.7Hz), 6.56 (1H, dd, J = 2.4, 8.2Hz), 6.61 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.5Hz) ), 7.16 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.35 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0 Hz), 7.80 (1H, s).

  Example 203

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [3- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester As in Example 24, using appropriate starting materials. Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.35 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.75-1.95 (2H, m), 4.00-4.15 (4H , m), 6.28 (2H, d, J = 11.2Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.6Hz), 7.35 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.03 (1H, s).

  Example 204

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Examples using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in No. 24, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-1.95 (2H, m), 3.81 (3H, s), 4.09 (2H, d, J = 6.9Hz ), 6.24 (2H, d, J = 10.9Hz), 6.75-7.00 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.4Hz), 7.24-7.50 (2H, m), 7.95 (1H, s).

  Example 205

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8-cyclopropylmethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Using appropriate starting materials, Example 24 and In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.35-0.45 (2H, m), 0.55-0.70 (2H, m), 1.30-1.45 (1H, m),
3.79 (3H, s), 3.99 (2H, d, J = 7.2Hz), 6.36 (2H, d, J = 11.2Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.6Hz), 7.33 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 8.03 (1H, s).

  Example 206

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8-ethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester As in Example 24, using appropriate starting materials. Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.45 (3H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 3.79 (3H, s), 4.19 (2H, q, J = 6.9Hz), 6.28 (2H, d, J = 10.8Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.6Hz), 7.36 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.60 (2H, d , J = 8.9Hz), 8.03 (1H, s).

  Example 207

Preparation of mono- [8-cyclobutylmethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester of phosphoric acid Example 24 In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.60-2.20 (6H, m), 2.70-2.95 (1H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 4.11
(2H, d, J = 6.9Hz), 6.25 (2H, d, J = 11.5Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.5Hz), 7.35 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 8.02 (1H, s)
.

  Example 208

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [5,6-difluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Using appropriate starting materials, Example 24 In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.705-2.00 (2H, m), 3.78 (3H, s),
4.12 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 6.25 (2H, d, J = 11.5Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.50-7.70
(3H, m), 8.07 (1H, s).

  Example 209

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8- (cyclohexylmethylamino) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Examples using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in No. 24, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.75-2.00 (10H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.90-4.60 (1H, m), 5.85 (1H, d, J = 9.5Hz), 6.48 (1H, d, J = 9.5Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.33 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 11.6Hz), 7.52 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 8.16 (1H, dd, J = 3.2, 8.6Hz), 8.22 (1H, s).

  Example 210

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in Example 24, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.04 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-1.95 (2H, m), 3.80-4.15 (5H,
m), 6.29 (2H, d, J = 10.5Hz), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 11.6Hz), 7.32 (1H, dd, J = 4.5,
9.0Hz), 7.87 (1H, s), 8.31 (1H, s), 8.32 (1H, s).

  Example 211

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-3-pyrimidin-5-yl-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl) ester As in Example 24, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 1.75-1.95 (2H, m), 4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 6.32 (2H, d , J = 12.0Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J = 9.1, 11.4Hz), 7.43 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.1Hz), 8.39 (1H, s), 9.10 (2H, s), 9.13 (1H, s).

  Example 212

Preparation of mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-lmethyl] ester phosphate disodium salt Example 25 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 204-206 ° C.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.75-1.85 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz) , 6.04 (2H, d, J = 9.1Hz), 6.90-7.05 (3H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 9.1Hz), 7.42 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 8.14 ( 1H, s).

  Example 213

Preparation of mono- [3- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] phosphate disodium salt, melting point 208-210 ° C.
The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.96 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.75-1.95 (2H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 6.08 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J = 9.1, 12.2Hz), 7.30 (1H, dd, J = 4.7,
9.1Hz), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.50-7.55 (1H, m), 8.21 (1H, s).

  Example 214

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [3- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -8-ethoxy-5-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt Using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in Example 25, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 205-207 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 1.40 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.66 (3H, s), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.16 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 6.03 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.55-6.65 (2H, m), 7.02 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 12.3Hz), 7.17 (1H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.28 (1H, dd, J = 4.7, 9.0Hz), 8.09 (1H, s).

  Example 215

Preparation of mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-lmethyl] phosphate disodium phosphate Phosphate Example 25 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
200-202 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.93 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.70-1.90 (2H,
m), 3.95-4.10 (4H, m), 6.03 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 6.90-7.05 (3H, m), 7.20 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 9.1Hz), 7.40 (2H , d, J = 8.7Hz), 8.15 (1H, s).

  Example 216

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-lmethyl] ester disodium salt Using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in Example 25, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 208-210 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.57 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.70-1.85 (2H, m), 3.69 (3H, s), 3.96 (2H, d, J = 6.7Hz) , 5.98 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.95 (1H, dd, J = 8.4, 12.2Hz), 7.15-7.30 (2H, m), 8.12 (1H, s ).

  Example 217

Preparation of mono- [8-cyclopropylmethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt of phosphoric acid carried out using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25.
Melting point 202-204 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.20-0.35 (2H, m), 0.40-0.60 (2H, m), 1.20-1.45 (1H, m), 3.73 (3H, s), 3.90 (2H, d , J = 7.3Hz), 6.09 (2H, d, J = 9.2Hz), 6.80-7.05 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, dd, J = 4.7, 9.0Hz), 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.15 (1H, s).

  Example 218

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [8-ethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt Example 25 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 206-208 ° C
1H-NMR (D2O) δppm: 1.38 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.73 (3H, s), 4.10 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 6.01 (2H, d, J = 8.4Hz) , 6.90-7.05 (3H, m), 7.19 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 8.9Hz), 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.13 (1H, s).

  Example 219

Preparation of mono- [8-cyclobutylmethoxy-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt of phosphoric acid Implementation using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25.
Melting point 205-207 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 1.63-2.10 (6H, m), 2.75-3.00 (1H, m), 3.72 (3H, s), 4.00 (2H, d, J = 7.2Hz), 5.99 ( 2H, d, J = 9.8Hz), 6.90-7.05 (3H, m), 7.17 (1H, dd, J = 4.7, 9.1Hz), 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 8.14 (1H, s ).

  Example 220

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- [5,6-difluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt Performed using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 25.
Melting point 205-206 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.94 (3H, d, J = 7.5Hz), 1.70-1.95 (2H, m), 3.73 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz) , 6.02 (2H, d, J = 9.1Hz), 6.90-7.50 (5H, m), 8.16 (1H, s).

  Example 221

Preparation of mono- [8- (cyclohexylmethylamino) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] phosphate disodium salt using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in Example 25, the above compound was produced.
Melting point: 196-198 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.60-1.75 (10H, m), 2.40-2.60 (1H, m), 2.66 (3H, s), 3.73 (3H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J = 7.7, 7.8Hz), 6.80-7.05 (4H, m), 7.35-7.55 (3H, m), 8.18 (1H, s).

  Example 222

Preparation of mono- [5-fluoro-3- (1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] phosphate disodium salt of phosphate The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 25 using the raw materials.
Melting point 212-214 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.94 (3H, d, J = 7.5Hz), 1.70-1.90 (2H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.93 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz) , 5.99 (2H, d, J = 9.1Hz), 6.92 (1H, dd, J = 9.0, 12.3Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 4.7, 9.0Hz), 7.86 (1H, s), 8.02 ( 1H, s), 8.30 (1H, s).

  Example 223

Preparation of phosphoric acid mono- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-propoxy-3-pyrimidin-5-yl-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl) ester disodium salt In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 205-207 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.96 (3H, d, J = 7.4Hz), 1.70-1.95 (2H, m), 4.06 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 6.10 (2H, d, J = 9.6Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J = 8.9, 12.1Hz), 7.29 (1H, dd, J = 4.4, 8.9Hz), 8.41 (1H, s), 8.94 (2H, s), 8.96 ( 1H, s).

  Example 224

Preparation of 4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-pyrrolidin-1-yl-4H-quinolin-1-yl] butyric acid ethyl ester Examples using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as in 31, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.23-1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.70-1.78 (2H, m), 1.91-2.15 (6H, m), 2.52-2.87 (2H, m) , 3.14-3.44 (2H, m), 4.00-4.08 (2H, q, J = 6.1 Hz), 4.59-4.64 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 6.87-7.03 (3H, m), 7.14-7.37 (1H, m), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.55-7.73 (2H,
m).

  Example 225

4- [5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-pyrrolidin-1-yl-4H-quinolin-1-yl] butyric acid Preparation of Example 32 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.63-1.81 (2H, m), 1.87-2.14 (6H, m), 2.57-2.81 (2H, m), 3.14-3.39 (2H, m), 3.81 ( 3H, s), 4.61-4.66 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 6.84-7.01 (3H, m), 7.25-7.30 (1H, m), 7.52-7.63 (3H, m).

  Example 226

Preparation of N-butyl-4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-pyrrolidin-1-yl-4H-quinolin-1-yl] butyramide Using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was produced in the same manner as in Example 33.
Brown amorphous
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 0.82-0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.21-1.31 (4H, m), 1.74-1.77 (2H,
m), 1.89-2.10 (2H, m), 2.60-2.80 (2H, m), 3.04-3.12 (2H, m), 3.20-3.45 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.58-4.63 ( 2H, m), 5.20-5.30 (1H, m), 6.88-6.94 (2H, m), 7.23-7.28 (1H, m), 7.52 (1H, s), 7.61-7.67 (2H, m).

  Example 227

Preparation of 4- [4- (5-Fluoro-4-oxo-8-pyrrolidin-1-yl-1,4-dihydro-quinolin-3-yl) phenoxy] butyric acid Using appropriate starting materials, Example 32 and In the same manner, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.80-2.00 (6H, m), 2.33-2.39 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.00-3.05 (4H, m), 3.96-4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.84-6.93 (3H, m), 7.32-7.37 (1H, m), 7.50-7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.79 (1H, s), 10.95 (1H , s), 11.80-12.20 (1H, brs).

  Example 228

Preparation of N-butyl-4- [4- (5-fluoro-4-oxo-8-pyrrolidin-1-yl-1,4-dihydroquinolin-3-yl) phenoxy] butyramide Performed using the appropriate starting material The above compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 33.
Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.81-0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.19-1.40 (4H, m), 1.85-1.95 (6H, m), 2.19-2.25 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.97-3.10 (6H, m), 3.93-3.98 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz),
6.85-6.93 (3H, m), 7.34-7.39 (1H, m), 7.51-7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.75-7.83 (2H, m), 10.97 (1H, brs).

  Example 229

Preparation of (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylamino) acetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester 5-fluoro-3- (4- To a solution of methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 1.0 g (3.0 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) was added 1.4 g (0.9 mmol) sodium iodide and sodium hydride (60 ml). % Oily) 220 mg (5.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. To the reaction mixture, 2.52 g (10.6 mmol) of (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylamino) acetic acid chloromethyl ester was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. An aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylamino) acetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline as a pale yellow amorphous solid. 290 mg (yield 18%) of -1-ylmethyl ester was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.00-1.15 (3H, m), 1.29-1.44 (9H, s), 1.85-2.00 (2H, m), 2.88-2.90 (3H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 3.90-4.15 (4H, m), 6.46-6.51 (2H, s), 6.90-7.15 (4H, m), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.74-7.79 (1H, s) .

  Example 230

Preparation of methylaminoacetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester hydrochloride (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylamino) acetic acid 5-fluoro- To 100 mg (0.19 mmol) of 3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester in ethyl acetate solution (2 ml) was added 1 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution. And stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The precipitated insoluble matter was collected by filtration, washed with acetone, and dried to give white powder of methylaminoacetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline-1- Irmethyl ester hydrochloride
3 mg (88% yield) was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.80-1.90 (2H, m), 2.45-2.60 (3H,
m), 3.79 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, s), 4.10 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 6.61 (2H, s), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.11 ( 1H, dd, J = 9.1, 11.5Hz), 7.39 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.1Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 8.17 (1H, s), 9.14 (2H, br ).

  Example 231

Preparation of 5-fluoro-1- (2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) -8-propoxy-3- [4- (pyrrolidin-1-carbonyl) phenyl] -1H-quinolin-4-one Using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 106.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.77-1.88 (6H, m), 2.31-2.34 (4H, m), 2.58 (2H, t, J = 5.4Hz), 3.37-3.44 (8H, m), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.67 (2H, d, J = 5.4Hz), 7.01 (1H, dd, J = 9.0Hz, 11.6Hz ), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 4.5 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 7.52 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.72 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 8.05 (1H, s).

  Example 232

Preparation of 1-chloromethyl-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one Phosphoric acid di-tert-butyl ester 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) ) 4-Oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester 300 mg (0.55 mmol) in ethyl acetate (3 ml) was added with 2 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride ethyl acetate solution under ice-cooling, and at room temperature. Stir for 2 hours. The precipitated insoluble matter was collected by filtration and dried to give 188 mg (yield 92%) of 1-chloromethyl-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one as white powder. )
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.70-2.10 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.11 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 6.40 (2H, s), 6.90-7.05 (3H, m), 7.12 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.51 (1H, s), 8.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz).

  Example 233

Preparation of 1- (2-benzyloxyacetyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 4- (tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy) -5 1.9 ml (3 equivalents) of benzyloxyacetyl chloride was added to a dichloromethane solution (50 ml) of 1.5 g (3.4 mmol) of fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxyquinoline under ice-cooling, and room temperature was added. And stirred overnight. An aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure to give (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylamino) acetic acid 1- (2-benzyloxyacetyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H as a colorless oil. -250 mg (15% yield) of quinolin-4-one was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.70-1.90 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 3.95 (2H, t, J = 6.4Hz), 4.38 (2H, s), 4.52 (2H, s), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.95-7.40 (7H, m), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.92 (1H , s).

  Example 234

Preparation of 1-acetyl-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 233 using appropriate starting materials. .
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 2.41 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 4.02 (2H, t , J = 5.7Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.00-7.15 (2H, m), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 8.02 (1H, s).

  Example 235

Preparation of 1- (2-bromoacetyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As in Example 233, using appropriate starting materials, The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm: 0.95-1.15 (3H, m), 1.70-2.05 (2H, m), 3.80-4.20 (7H, m), 6.50-8.00 (7H, m).

  Example 236

Preparation of 4-benzyloxybenzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Similar to Example 229, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 5.11 (2H, s), 6.62 (2H, s), 6.90-7.15 (6H, m), 7.30-7.45 (5H, m), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.84 (1H, s) , 7.94 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz).

  Example 237

Preparation of 4-hydroxybenzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester 4-Benzyloxybenzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester in a solution of 2.6 g (4.6 mmol) in THF (30 ml) and ethanol (15 ml) was added 10% palladium / carbon. 260 mg was added, hydrogen substitution was performed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the catalyst was removed by filtration through celite, and the solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 4-yellow 3-hydroxybenzoic acid 4-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy- 2.22 g (quantitative yield) of 4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 3.81 (3H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 6.63 (2H, s), 6.42 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.10
(1H, dd, J = 4.4, 9.0Hz), 7.22 (1H, br), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.83 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.88 (1H, s) .

  Example 238

4- (di -tert- Bed chill phosphono oxy) - benzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy--4H- quinolin-1-yl methyl ester of preparation of 4-hydroxy Benzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester (2.2 g, 4.6 mmol) was suspended in acetone (50 ml) and tetrazole (420 mg). And 1.9 ml of di-tert-butyldiisopropylphosphoramidite were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was ice-cooled, 2.9 ml of 30% hydrogen peroxide water was added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for an hour. An aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 100: 1 → 2: 1). The purified product was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure a white amorphous solid 4- (di -tert- Bed chill phosphono oxy) - benzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8- 2.51 g (81% yield) of propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.50 (18H, s), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.08 (2H, t , J = 6.7Hz), 6.63 (2H, s), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.10 (1H, dd, J = 4.4, 9.0Hz), 7.26 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.83 (1H, s), 7.97 (2H, d, J = 8.5Hz).

  Example 239

4-phosphonooxy-benzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy--4H- quinolin-1-yl methyl ester of preparation 4 (di -tert- Bed chill phosphono oxy) - To a solution of benzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester 500 mg in dichloromethane (10 ml) was added 2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid under ice cooling. And stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at a bath temperature of 30 ° C. or lower, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 5-phospho-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-phosphonooxybenzoate as a pale yellow powder. 406.7 mg (yield 98%) of 4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 0.93 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.60-1.85 (2H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz ), 6.64 (2H, s), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.09 (1H, dd, J = 9.1, 11.5Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.37 (1H , dd, J = 4.4, 9.1 Hz), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.92 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.38 (1H, s).

  Example 240

4-phosphonooxybenzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester Preparation of disodium salt 4-phosphonooxybenzoic acid 5-fluoro-3 397 mg of-(4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester was suspended in 10 ml of isopropyl alcohol, and 1.5 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added under ice cooling. Stir at temperature for 1 hour. The precipitated insoluble matter was collected by filtration and recrystallized from acetone-water to give 4-phosphonooxybenzoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline- as white powder. 1-ylmethyl ester disodium salt 3
38.6 mg was obtained.
Melting point 205-207 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.81 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.50-2.00 (2H, m), 3.60 (3H, s), 3.89 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz) , 6.30 (2H, s), 6.68 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 6.92 (1H, dd, J = 9.1, 12.1Hz), 7.05-7.20 (5H, m), 7.75 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.79 (1H, s).

  Example 241

Preparation of 1-benzyloxymethyl-5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 229 using appropriate starting materials. Manufactured.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 1.75-2.00 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 4.44 (2H, s), 5.92 (2H, s), 6.90-7.40 (9H, m), 7.59 (2H, d,
J = 8.8Hz), 7.76 (1H, s).

  Example 242

5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1-((2R, 3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl-tetrahydropyran-2 -Il) -1H-Quinolin-4-one production
5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 6.75 g (20.6 mmol) in chloroform (90 ml) in 1-bromo-2,3
, 4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl 17.0 g (41.3 mmol), benzyltri-n-butylammonium bromide 1.3 g (4.16 mmol), potassium carbonate 14.37 g (104 Mmol) and 0.45 ml of water were added in this order, and 27 ml of chloroform was added, followed by stirring at room temperature for 39 hours. To the resulting mixture was added 2N under ice-cooling.
80 ml of hydrochloric acid was added and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 30: 1 → 4: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in 100 ml of ethanol, an aqueous solution (8.16 ml) of 5.44 g of potassium hydroxide was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The resulting reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, 20.4 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 20: 1 → ethyl acetate: methanol = 30: 1). The purified product was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give white powder of 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1-((2R, 3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl-tetrahydropyran-2-yl) -1H-quinolin-4-one 0.38 g was obtained.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.79-1.88 (2H, m), 3.24-3.41 (3H, m), 3.54-3.70 (3H, m) , 3.76 (3H, s), 3.96-4.11 (2H, m), 4.69 (1H, t, J = 5.5Hz), 5.14-5.16 (2H, m), 5.33 (1H, d, J = 5.4Hz), 6.51 (1H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 6.94-7.05 (3H, m), 7.29 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.99 ( 1H, s).

  Example 243

5-Fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1-((2R, 3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-hydroxymethyltetrahydropyran-2- Yl) -1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 242, using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.03 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.81-1.89 (2H, m), 3.30-3.40 (1H, m), 3.57-3.58 (3H, m) , 3.71-3.75 (2H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 3.96-4.12 (2H, m), 4.67-4.76 (2H, m), 4.91 (1H, d, J = 5.7Hz), 5.17 (1H , d, J = 5.4Hz), 6.43 (1H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.96-7.05 (3H, m), 7.28 (1H, dd, J = 4.5Hz, 9.1Hz), 7.52 (2H, d , J = 8.8Hz), 8.05
(1H, s).

  Example 244

Using appropriate starting material of (di -tert- Bed chill phosphono oxy) acetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy--4H- quinolin-1-yl methyl ester, The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.44 (18H, s), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.06 (2H, t , J = 6.7Hz), 4.53 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 6.51 (2H, s), 6.90-7.00 (3H, m), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.73 (1H, s).

  Example 245

Preparation of phosphonooxyacetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester As described in Example 239 above using the appropriate starting materials The compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, d, J = 7.4Hz), 1.65-1.90 (2H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz ), 4.45 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.49 (2H, s), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.09 (1H, dd, J = 9.1, 11.5Hz), 7.36 (1H , dd, J = 4.4, 9.1 Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.16 (1H, s).

  Example 246

Preparation of phosphonooxyacetic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester disodium salt As in Example 25, using appropriate starting materials Thus, the above compound was produced.
Melting point 160-162 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.84 (3H, d, J = 7.4Hz), 1.55-1.70 (2H, m), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.86 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz) , 4.25 (2H, d, J = 6.9Hz), 6.26 (2H, s), 6.73 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 6.88 (1H, dd, J = 9.2, 12.1Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.2Hz), 7.18 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.78 (1H, s).

  Example 247

Preparation of (S) -2,6-bis-tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexanoic acid 5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl ester The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 229 using various starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.20-1.75 (24H, m), 1.80-2.00 (2H, m), 2.85-3.10 (2H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 4.15-4.30 (1H, m), 4.45-4.65 (1H, m), 5.00-5.25 (1H, m), 6.48 (2H, s ), 6.90-7.05 (3H, m), 7.10 (1H, dd, J = 4.5, 9.0Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.74 (1H, s).

  Example 248

Preparation of 1- (1-ethylsulfanylethyl) -5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -8-propoxy-1H-quinolin-4-one As in Example 229, using appropriate starting materials The above compound was prepared.
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δppm: 1.08 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.79 (3H, d,
J = 6.7Hz), 1.90-2.00 (2H, m), 2.30 (1H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 2.33 (1H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.85
(3H, s), 4.00 (1H, td, J = 6.7, 8.9Hz), 4.12 (1H, td, J = 6.7, 8.9Hz), 6.80-7.10 (5H, m), 7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.29 (1H, s).

  Example 249

Preparation of 5-fluoro-7-methoxy-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using appropriate starting materials.
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 3.76 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 6.65 (1H, d, J = 13.6Hz), 6.76 (1H, s), 6.92 (2H, d , J = 8.8Hz), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.90 (1H, d, J = 5.8Hz), 11.75 (1H, brs).

  Example 250

Preparation of 1-ethyl-5-fluoro-7-methoxy-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1H-quinolin-4-one The above compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 using appropriate starting materials. .
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.33 (3H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 4.27 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J = 13.7Hz), 6.82 (1H, s), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 8.04 (1H, s).

  Example 251

Preparation of 4- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-1,4-dihydroquinolin-2-yl] butyric acid ethyl ester Example 2 using appropriate starting materials In the same manner as above, the above compound was produced.
White powder (ethyl acetate)
Melting point 177-179 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δppm: 1.00 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.06 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.67-1.88 (4H, m), 2.16 (2H, t , J = 7.4Hz), 2.58 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.90 (2H, q,
J = 7.1Hz), 4.14 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 6.81-6.94 (3H, m), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.15
(1H, dd, J = 4.0Hz, 8.8Hz), 10.40 (1H, brs).

  Example 252

Phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Preparation of dipotassium salt Mono- [5-fluoro-3 phosphate -(4-Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester 800 mg (1.83 mmol)
Was suspended in 30 ml of isopropyl alcohol, and 3.66 ml (3.66 mmol) of 1N potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was added at 0 ° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the resulting insoluble material was collected by filtration, recrystallized from acetone-water and dried to give white powder mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4- Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Dipotassium salt 445 mg (yield 47%) was obtained.
Melting point 184-186 ° C
¹ H-NMR (D ₂ O) δppm: 0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.79-1.88 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz) , 6.05 (2H, d, J = 9.1Hz), 6.93-7.01 (3H, m), 7.19 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 9.1Hz), 7.43 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 8.16 ( 1H, s).

  Example 253

Phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Preparation of calcium salt Mono- [5-fluoro-3-phosphate (4-Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester disodium salt 800 mg (1
. 66 mmol) was dissolved in 4 ml of water, and 1 ml of an aqueous solution of 202 mg (1.82 mmol) of calcium chloride was added at room temperature. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and acetone, dried, and white powder mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinoline phosphate. -1-ylmethyl] ester calcium salt 69
0 mg (yield 87%) was obtained.
Melting point 255-258 ° C. (decomposition)
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d _6, 80 ° C) δppm: 0.79-0.89 (3H, m), 1.68-1.76 (2H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.91-4.01 (2H, m), 6.09 -6.16 (2H, m), 6.74-6.90 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (1H, m), 7
.40-7.70 (2H, m), 8.32 (1H, s).

  Example 254

Phosphoric acid mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester Preparation of magnesium salt Mono- [5-fluoro-3-phosphate (4-Methoxyphenyl) -4-oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester 1.0 g (2.07 mmol) of disodium salt was suspended in 10 ml of methanol and 198 mg of magnesium chloride (2 (.08 mmol) in methanol (4.3 ml) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, and the solid precipitated after concentration was collected by filtration, washed with water and acetone, dried, and white powder mono- [5-fluoro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) phosphate. ) -4-Oxo-8-propoxy-4H-quinolin-1-ylmethyl] ester 845 mg (88% yield) of magnesium salt was obtained.
Melting point: 265-269 ° C. (decomposition)
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d _6, 80 ° C) δppm: 0.99 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.76-1.86 (2H, m), 3.64 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 6.09 (2H, d, J = 10.4Hz), 6.80-6.98 (3H, m), 7.24 (1H, dd, J = 4.6, 8.6Hz), 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz ), 8.00 (1H, s).

Pharmacological test 1
Measurement of mitochondrial function improvement using 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium (MPP ⁺ ) -treated human neuroblastoma line SH-SY5Y
Human neuroblastoma line SH-SY5Y whose mitochondrial function is impaired by MPP ⁺ treatment [Bollimuntha S. et al., J Biol Chem, 280, 2132-2140 (2005) and Shang T. et al., J Biol Chem, 280,
34644-34653 (2005)], the mitochondrial redox activity measurement value using the alamar blue fluorescent dye after compound addition is used as an index [Nakai M. et al., Exp Neurol, 179, 103-110 (2003)]. The function improvement effect was evaluated.

Human neuroblastoma strain SH-SY5Y uses Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium containing 10% fetal calf serum (DMEM, containing 50 units / ml penicillin and 50 μg / ml streptomycin as antibiotics), 37oC, 5% carbonic acid Culture was performed under gas conditions. The cells were seeded in a 96-well (well) black plate coated with poly-D-lysine at a concentration of 3-6 × 10 ⁴ cells / cm ² (medium amount 100 μl / well) and cultured in the above medium for 2 days. Further, the medium was exchanged (100 μl / well) to the same medium in which DMEM (N2-DMEM) or 1.5 mM MPP ⁺ containing 1% N2 supplement was dissolved, and cultured for 39 to 48 hours, and then used for a mitochondrial redox activity measurement system. A test compound previously dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) was diluted with N2-DMEM and added in a volume of 10 μl / well 24 hours before the activity measurement (final compound concentration 0.01-1 μg / ml).

After removing the medium by suction, balanced salt solution containing 10% Alamar Blue (154 mM sodium chloride, 5.6 mM potassium chloride, 2.3 mM calcium chloride, 1.0 mM magnesium chloride, 3.6 mM sodium bicarbonate, 5 mM glucose, 5 mM hepes, pH 7.2) at a volume of 100 μL / well, 37
After reaction for 1 hour in an oC thermostat, a fluorescence detector (Hamamatsu Photonics, excitation wavelength 530 nm,
The mitochondrial redox activity was measured by detecting the fluorescence intensity at a measurement wavelength of 580 nm.

The relative fluorescence intensity of cells cultured in a medium containing MPP ⁺ and each test compound is shown relative to the fluorescence intensity in the wells of cells cultured in a medium containing only DMSO (final concentration 0.1%). It was. In the MPP ⁺ treated cell group, the test compound showing higher fluorescence intensity than the addition of DMSO alone was considered to have an effect of improving mitochondrial function.

Pharmacological test 2
Measurement of dopamine neuroprotective activity using C57BL / 6 mice treated with 1-methyl-4-phenyl 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (MPTP)
Using a mouse [Chan P. et al., J Neurochem, 57, 348-351 (1991)] in which dopaminergic nerves were injured by MPTP treatment, tyrosine water, a marker protein of dopamine neurons in the cerebral striatum region after compound administration, was used. The dopamine neuroprotective action was evaluated using the index [Mori A. et al., Neurosci Res, 51, 265-274 (2005)] with the dopamine content at the same site as the protein level of oxidase (TH) and dopamine transporter (DAT). .

Male C57BL / 6 mice (10-12 weeks old, Nippon Charles River Co., Ltd.) were used as test animals. MPTP was dissolved in physiological saline to a concentration of 4 mg / ml and subcutaneously administered to mice at a volume of 10 ml / kg. The test compound was suspended in 5% gum arabic / saline (w / v) to a concentration of 1 mg / ml. 30 minutes, 24 hours, and 48 hours after administration of MPTP to mice, each test compound or its solvent was orally administered in a volume of 10 ml / kg. The mice were decapitated 72 hours after MPTP administration, the brain was removed, and the left and right striatum were removed.

The left striatum was used as a protein level analysis sample by Western blotting. Each tissue was treated with hepes buffered sucrose solution (0.32 M sucrose, 4 μg / ml pepstatin, 5 μg / ml aprotinin, 20 μg / ml trypsin inhibitor, 4 μg / ml leupeptin, 0.2 mM phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride, 2 mM ethylenediamine. Homogenize in tetraacetic acid (EDTA), 2 mM ethylene glycol bis (β aminoethyl ether) tetraacetic acid, 20 mM hepes, pH 7.2), and perform protein quantification using the bicinchoninic acid kit for protein quantification (Pierce) It was. Each homogenate sample of the same protein amount dissolved in the Remley sample buffer was subjected to sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Proteins separated by electrophoresis are electrically transferred to a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane, and TH-DAT and sodium-potassium TPase (Na ⁺ / K ⁺ -ATPase) α1 subunit used as housekeeping protein for quantification of each Reaction was carried out with a specific antibody against actin (primary antibody, Na ⁺ / K ⁺ -ATPase manufactured by Upstate Biotechnology, others manufactured by Chemicon). Thereafter, a horseradish peroxidase-labeled secondary antibody (Amersham) was bound to each primary antibody, and chemiluminescence derived from the enzyme activity of peroxidase was detected with an X-ray film. The protein band density on the film was analyzed with a densitometer (Biorad), and the TH value for Na ⁺ / K ⁺ -ATPase and the DAT value for actin were calculated.

The right striatum was used as a dopamine content analysis sample by measuring the tissue weight immediately after extraction. Each tissue was homogenized in a 0.1 N perchloric acid solution containing isoproterenol as an internal standard substance for measurement while cooling with ice using an ultrasonic crusher. The supernatant obtained after centrifuging the homogenate at 20000 g and 4 ° C for 15 minutes was subjected to high performance liquid chromatography (manufactured by Aicom) using a reverse phase column. The mobile phase, 15% methanol-0.1 M citrate / 0.1 M sodium acetate buffer (190 mg / l sodium 1-octanesulfonate and 5 mg / l EDTA, pH 3.5) was flowed at a flow rate of 0.5 ml / min. The dopamine peak of each sample was detected using an electrochemical detector (applied voltage +750 mV vs Ag / AgCl, manufactured by Eicom). The dopamine content per tissue weight in each sample was calculated from the identified dopamine peak using analysis software (Gilson).

  In both analyses, the value of the sample derived from the MPTP-treated mouse administered with only the test compound and the solvent was relatively shown with the value of the sample derived from the MPTP-untreated mouse being 100%. Statistical processing was performed using a non-clinical statistical analysis system, and a significant difference was determined when the significance value was lower than 0.05. In MPTP-treated mice, increase in protein level was observed in each test drug administration group relative to the solvent administration group, and when there was a significant difference in t-test between the two groups, dopamine neuroprotective effect was considered .

Pharmacological test 3
Measurement of neuroprotective effect using rat middle cerebral artery occlusion reperfusion model Stroke model created by occlusion and reperfusion of rat middle cerebral artery [Koizumi J. et al., Jpn J Stroke, 8, 1-8 (1986 )], The neuroprotective effect was evaluated using the cerebral infarct volume after compound administration as an index [Kitagawa H. et al., Neurol Res, 24, 317-323 (2002)].

Male Wistar rats (12-16 weeks old, Japan SLC Co., Ltd.) were used as test animals. Under isoflurane anesthesia, the rats were kept warm at 37 ° C and fixed in the dorsal position with spontaneous breathing. A midline incision was made in the rat neck, and the right common carotid artery, right external carotid artery and right internal carotid artery were removed without damaging the vagus nerve, and then the right common carotid artery and right external carotid artery were ligated, and the right internal carotid artery was ligated. A thread was applied to the origin of the artery, and the right common carotid artery was split. An obturator having a diameter of 0.30-0.35 mm and a No. 4-0 nylon thread of about 17 mm was inserted into the right internal carotid artery to embolize the origin of the right middle cerebral artery. The right internal carotid artery was ligated together with the obturator, the skin was temporarily sutured, and then the rat was returned to the cage. 1.5
After the time occlusion, the suture that had been temporarily sutured under isoflurane anesthesia was removed, and reperfusion was performed by gently pulling the obturator. After the skin was sutured, the rats were returned to their cages. The test compound is dissolved in Tris buffer or physiological saline to a concentration of 1.5-15 mg / ml, and each test compound solution or its solvent is intravenously administered at a volume of 2 ml / kg immediately after vascular occlusion and immediately after reperfusion. Administered.

The whole rat brain was removed 24 hours after reperfusion of the middle cerebral artery. 2 mm thick from the border between the cerebrum and cerebellum
A cerebral coronal section was prepared and incubated in 1% 2,3,5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC) solution at 37 ° C for 30 minutes, and then immersed in 10% neutral formalin and fixed. An image of a coronal section was captured, and the area of the TTC unstained area on the section surface was measured using image analysis software (Win ROOF Ver. 5.6, Mitani Corporation). The measured area value was multiplied by 2 mm of the section thickness to obtain a volume value, and the total volume value of each section was calculated as the cerebral infarction volume.

Statistical difference in cerebral infarction volume between non-drug and drug-administered groups was analyzed by t-test (two-sided) using a non-clinical statistical analysis system, and significant when significance value was lower than 0.05 There was a difference. In the drug administration group, when a statistically significant cerebral infarction reducing effect was observed compared to the drug non-administration group, it was considered to have a neuroprotective effect.

Pharmacological test 4
Preparation of test compound A test compound was dissolved in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO, Sigma-Aldrich) to prepare a 10 mM stock solution. These solutions are added to assay buffer (dissolving 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% Tween-20 in distilled water) and DMSO, and finally to an assay buffer solution containing 20% DMSO. It diluted so that a density | concentration might be 1, 2, 4, 12, 40, 120, 400, 1200 micromol, and used for the measurement experiment of quinone reductase 2 inhibitory activity.
Experimental Procedure for Measuring Quinone Reductase 2 Inhibitory Activity Human recombinant quinone reductase 2 protein was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. Menadione, a substrate for quinone reductase 2, was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. The co-substrate 1-benzyl-1,4-dihydronicotinamide (BNAH) was purchased from Tokyo Chemical Sales Co., Ltd. The amount of BNAH oxidized by quinone reductase 2 was measured as an index of the enzyme activity of quinone reductase 2. Quinone reductase 2 (1.7 mg / vial) was dissolved in assay buffer to 1 mg / ml. Menadione and BNAH were dissolved in DMSO, and then diluted to 400 μM (1.5% DMSO) and 1 mM (0.5% DMSO) using an assay buffer. The enzyme activity of quinone reductase 2 was measured at room temperature using a 96-well plate. The solution volume per well of the 96-well plate was 150 μl, and the test compound and the reference compound were prepared to final concentrations of 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 10, and 30 μM. Also, quinone reductase 2 was prepared to be 0 or 8 ng / ml. Further, BNAH was prepared to 100 μM. The enzymatic reaction was started by adding 50 μl menadione (final concentration 100 μM) and mixing. When BNAH was oxidized by quinone reductase 2, fluorescence emitted by irradiation with excitation light having a wavelength of 340 nm was detected with a 440 nm filter and measured from 0 to 15 minutes. The inhibitory activity (IC ₅₀ ) of quinone reductase 2 was calculated using Microsoft Office Excel 2003.

Claims (24)

General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(4) C 2 -6} alkenyl group,
(5) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(8) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(11) C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one or more amino _{C 1-6} alkylthio _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(13) Hydroxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(15) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(16) C 1-6} alkyl group amino which may have 1 or more _{C 1-6} alkyl thiocarbonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(17) hydroxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(19) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(20) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(21) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one or more piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(22) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one or more piperazinylcarbonyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(23) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(24) Carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(25) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more C _1-6 alkyl groups on the piperazine ring,
(27) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(29) C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having an amino _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(30) A piperazyl C ₁₋ which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group, a C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring. ₆ alkyl groups,
(31) a piperidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more morpholinyl groups, (32) an azetidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more hydroxy groups on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more oxo groups,
(34) an amino C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
(35) C _1-6 alkyl group; morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group; may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl group and C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group piperidyl group; and C _1-6 alkyl groups one or more have a carbamoyl which may have a group selected one or more from a good piperazinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally C _1-6 alkyl group,
(36) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(37) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(38) Benzoyloxy optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phosphonooxy groups optionally having one or more hydroxy groups, benzyloxy groups and hydroxy protecting groups on the benzene ring. A C _1-6 alkyl group,
(39) On a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) C _1-6 alkanoyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a carboxyl group From halogen; hydroxy group; amino group; C _1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino group; C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more piperazinyl groups; imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group A C _1-6 alkanoylamino C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
_{(7) C 1-6} alkyl group; a halogen-substituted _{C 1-6} alkyl group; hydroxyalkyl _{C 1-6} alkyl _{group; a C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group And a carbamoyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups,
_{(8) C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(9) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkyl group one or more have a group, also selected from the group consisting of pyridyl groups optionally may have one or more piperazinyl C _1-6 An alkyl group,
(11) a diazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(12) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group, a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group A good amino C _1-6 alkyl group,
(13) A C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group or (14) a carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group.
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group.
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group, furyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , one or more groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) are substituted. May be:
(1) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group, or benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkoxy group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one or more morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups;
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ and R ₅ are combined,

Alternatively, it may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl and an oxo group.

Is building.
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a C _1-6 alkoxy group.
R ₇ represents any of the following groups (1) to (11).
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(5) C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidinyl group;
Or R ₆ and R ₇ are combined,

May be constructed. ]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt. R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group,
(4) a C _2-6 alkenyl group,
(5) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(8) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(11) C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(12) an amino C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group which may have two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the amino group,
(13) Hydroxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(15) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(16) an amino C _1-6 alkylthiocarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the amino group,
(17) hydroxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(19) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(20) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(21) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group optionally having one piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(22) piperazine _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one piperazinylcyclobutyl on the ring pyrazinyl carbonyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(23) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(24) Carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(25) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(29) _{C 1-6} alkyl groups optionally having one amino _{C 1-6} alkyl group on the amino group,
(30) _C on the piperazine ring _1-6 alkyl _{group, C 1-6} alkoxy _{C 1-6} alkyl group and a group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have one piperazyl _{C 1-6} An alkyl group,
(31) a piperidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one morpholinyl group on the piperidine ring;
(32) an azetidyl C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl C _1-6 alkyl group which may have two oxo groups on the isoindoline ring,
(34) Amino C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C ₁ which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl group and C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group on the amino group. _{A -6} alkyl group,
(35) having one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group; a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group; a C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group on the carbamoyl group. which may be a piperidyl group; and C _1-6 alkyl group one having 1 group selected from optionally piperazinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally amino optionally having carbamoyl C _1-6 alkyl group ,
(36) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(37) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(38) having one group selected from the group consisting of a phosphonooxy group which may have one or two hydroxy groups, benzyloxy groups and C _1-6 alkyl groups on the benzene ring; A good benzoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(39) a halogen on a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group optionally having three hydroxy groups and one hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group; hydroxy group; amino group; C _1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino group; a piperazinyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkoxyC _1-6 alkyl group; one group selected from the group consisting of an imidazolyl group and a morpholinylpiperidyl group Or a C _1-6 alkanoylamino C _1-6 alkyl group which may have two,
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) C _1-6 alkyl group; halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group; hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group; piperazinyl C _1- which may have one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring _A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of ₆ alkyl groups and morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups;
(8) a carbamoyl group on the _{C 1-6} alkyl group one has unprotected carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(9) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) Piperazinyl C ₁ which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have one C _1-6 alkyl group and one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring. _{A -6} alkyl group,
(11) a diazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group, or (12) a C _1-6 alkyl group, a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group on the amino group An amino C _1-6 alkyl group _optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of:
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group, furyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , one or two groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) are substituted. You may have:
(1) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkoxy group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₇ represents any one of the following groups (1) to (11):
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(5) C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) represents a pyrrolidinyl group,
The medicament according to claim 1. R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group,
(24) Carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(25) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(27) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(30) a piperazyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring;
(31) piperidyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(35) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group, or (36) a phosphonooxy optionally having one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups C represents a _1-6 alkyl group,
R ₂ is
(1) represents hydrogen, or (2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group or a furyl group,
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group or furyl group represented by R ₃ , one C _1-6 alkoxy group may be substituted,
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ represents a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
The medicament according to claim 2. General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group,
(4) a C _2-6 alkenyl group,
(5) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(8) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(11) C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one or more amino _{C 1-6} alkylthio _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(13) Hydroxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(15) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(16) C 1-6} alkyl group amino which may have 1 or more _{C 1-6} alkyl thiocarbonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(17) hydroxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(19) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(20) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(21) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one or more piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(22) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one or more piperazinylcarbonyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(23) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(24) Carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(25) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more C _1-6 alkyl groups on the piperazine ring,
(27) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(29) C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having an amino _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(30) A piperazyl C ₁₋ which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group, a C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a pyridyl group on the piperazine ring. ₆ alkyl groups,
(31) a piperidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more morpholinyl groups,
(32) an azetidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more hydroxy groups on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more oxo groups,
(34) an amino C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
(35) C _1-6 alkyl group; morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group; may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl group and C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group piperidyl group; and C _1-6 alkyl groups one or more have a carbamoyl which may have a group selected one or more from a good piperazinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally C _1-6 alkyl group,
(36) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(37) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(38) Benzoyloxy optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phosphonooxy groups optionally having one or more hydroxy groups, benzyloxy groups and hydroxy protecting groups on the benzene ring. A C _1-6 alkyl group,
(39) On a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) C _1-6 alkanoyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a carboxyl group From halogen; hydroxy group; amino group; C _1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino group; C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or more piperazinyl groups; imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group A C _1-6 alkanoylamino C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
_{(7) C 1-6} alkyl group; a halogen-substituted _{C 1-6} alkyl group; hydroxyalkyl _{C 1-6} alkyl _{group; a C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group And a carbamoyl group optionally having one or more groups selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups,
_{(8) C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(9) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkyl group one or more have a group, also selected from the group consisting of pyridyl groups optionally may have one or more piperazinyl C _1-6 An alkyl group,
(11) a diazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(12) having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group, a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group A good amino C _1-6 alkyl group,
(13) A C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group or (14) a carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group.
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group.
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group, furyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , one or more groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) are substituted. May be:
(1) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group, or benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group one or more optionally having carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkoxy group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one or more morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups;
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents a halogen, a C _1-6 alkyl group or a C _1-6 alkoxy group.
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen.
Or R ₄ and R ₅ are combined,

Alternatively, it may have one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl and an oxo group.

Is building.
R ₆ and R ₇ are combined,

Is building. ]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt. R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen,
_{(2) C 1-6} an alkyl group, or _{(36) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two have phosphonooxy _{C 1-6} optionally alkyl group,
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, one C _1-6 alkoxy group may be substituted on the phenyl group represented by R ₃ ,
R ₄ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
The medicament according to claim 4. General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(3) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group,
(4) a C _2-6 alkenyl group,
(5) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(8) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(9) hydroxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(10) phenyl C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(11) C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having amino _{C 1-6} alkylthio _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(13) Hydroxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(15) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(16) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having an amino _{C 1-6} alkyl thiocarbonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(17) hydroxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(19) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(20) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(21) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group optionally having one piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(22) piperazine _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one piperazinylcyclobutyl on the ring pyrazinyl carbonyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(23) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(24) Carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(25) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(28) Oxazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(29) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having an amino _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(30) _C on the piperazine ring _1-6 alkyl _{group, C 1-6} alkoxy _{C 1-6} alkyl group and a group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have one piperazyl _{C 1-6} An alkyl group,
(31) a piperidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one morpholinyl group on the piperidine ring;
(32) an azetidyl C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or two oxo groups,
(34) an amino C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group ,
(35) C _1-6 alkyl group; morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group; piperidyl optionally having one group selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl group and C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group group; and C _1-6 alkyl group one having 1 group selected from optionally piperazinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally or two optionally having carbamoyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(36) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(37) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(38) having one group selected from the group consisting of a phosphonooxy group which may have one or two hydroxy groups, benzyloxy groups and C _1-6 alkyl groups on the benzene ring; A good benzoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(39) a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group optionally having 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a carboxyl group Halogen; hydroxy group; amino group; C _1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino group; piperazinyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group; imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group A C _1-6 alkanoylamino C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of:
R ₂ is
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
(7) C _1-6 alkyl group; halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group; hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group; piperazinyl C _1- which may have one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring _A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of ₆ alkyl groups and morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups;
(8) a carbamoyl group on the _{C 1-6} alkyl group one has unprotected carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(9) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) Piperazinyl C ₁ which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have one C _1-6 alkyl group and one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring. _{A -6} alkyl group,
(11) a diazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group, or (12) a C _1-6 alkyl group, a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group on the amino group An amino C _1-6 alkyl group _optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of:
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group, furyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , one or two groups selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) are substituted. You may have:
(1) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group, or benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one C _1-6 alkyl group on the carbamoyl group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₇ represents any one of the following groups (2) to (11):
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(5) C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) Pyrrolidinyl group]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt. R ₁ is
(3) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group,
(4) a C _2-6 alkenyl group,
(5) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(6) a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(8) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) Benzoyloxy C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(11) C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having amino _{C 1-6} alkylthio _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(13) Hydroxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
(15) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylthio C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(16) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having an amino _{C 1-6} alkyl thiocarbonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(17) hydroxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(18) Carboxy C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(19) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(20) C _1-6 alkanoyl C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(21) on the piperazine ring a _{C 1-6} alkyl group optionally having one piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(22) piperazine _{C 1-6} alkyl group which may have one piperazinylcyclobutyl on the ring pyrazinyl carbonyl _{C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(24) Carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(25) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(26) a piperazinyl C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkyl group on the piperazine ring,
(27) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
_{(29) C 1-6} alkyl group one or two optionally having an amino _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(30) _C on the piperazine ring _1-6 alkyl _{group, C 1-6} alkoxy _{C 1-6} alkyl group and a group selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl group which may have one piperazyl _{C 1-6} An alkyl group,
(31) a piperidyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one morpholinyl group,
(32) an azetidyl C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one hydroxy group on the azetidine ring,
(33) an isoindolinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or two oxo groups,
(34) an amino C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group ,
(35) C _1-6 alkyl group; morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group; piperidyl optionally having one group selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkyl group and C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group group; and C _1-6 alkyl group one having 1 group selected from optionally piperazinyl C _1-6 alkyl group optionally or two optionally having carbamoyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(36) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(37) A phosphonooxy C _1-6 alkanoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group which may have one or two C _1-6 alkyl groups on the phosphono group,
(38) having one group selected from the group consisting of a phosphonooxy group which may have one or two hydroxy groups, benzyloxy groups and C _1-6 alkyl groups on the benzene ring; A good benzoyloxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(39) a tetrahydropyranyl group or (40) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group optionally having 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group and a carboxyl group Halogen; hydroxy group; amino group; C _1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino group; piperazinyl group optionally having one C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkyl group; imidazolyl group and morpholinyl piperidyl group A C _1-6 alkanoylamino C _1-6 alkyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of:
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the phenyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , the following (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (8), (10), One or two groups selected from the group consisting of (11) and (12) may be substituted:
(1) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
(12) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ represents the following group (2), (7), (8) or (11):
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(11) represents a pyrrolidinyl group,
The medicine according to claim 6. General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen, or (2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
Indicate
R ₂ is
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
_{(7) C 1-6} alkyl group; a halogen-substituted _{C 1-6} alkyl group; hydroxyalkyl _{C 1-6} alkyl _{group; a C 1-6} alkyl group one may have piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group and A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups,
(8) a carbamoyl group on the _{C 1-6} alkyl group one has unprotected carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(9) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkyl group one has had one group selected from the group consisting of which may pyridyl group unprotected piperazinyl be C _1-6 alkyl group ,
(11) a diazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(12) having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group, a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group, and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group An optionally substituted amino C _1-6 alkyl group (13) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkyl group or (14) a carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group;
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group, furyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , one group selected from the group consisting of the following (1) to (14) is substituted. Also good:
(1) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) halogen,
(5) a hydroxy group,
(6) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) Tetrahydropyranyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group, or benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) pyrrolidylcarbonyl group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl groups optionally having one carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkoxy group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents halogen, a C _1-6 alkyl group or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₇ represents any one of the following groups (1) to (11):
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(5) C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) Pyrrolidinyl group]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt. R ₁ represents hydrogen,
R ₂ is
(3) a C _1-6 alkanoyl group,
(4) hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
(5) a carboxy group,
(6) a C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl group,
_{(7) C 1-6} alkyl group; a halogen-substituted _{C 1-6} alkyl group; hydroxyalkyl _{C 1-6} alkyl _{group; a C 1-6} alkyl group one may have piperazinyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group and A carbamoyl group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl groups,
_{(8) C 1-6} alkyl groups optionally having one carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkyl group,
(9) Morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(10) C _1-6 alkyl group and a C _1-6 alkyl group one has had one group selected from the group consisting of which may pyridyl group unprotected piperazinyl be C _1-6 alkyl group ,
(11) a diazepanyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(12) having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group, a halogen-substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, a hydroxy C _1-6 alkyl group, and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group An optionally substituted amino C _1-6 alkyl group or (14) a carboxy C _1-6 alkyl group,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, one C _1-6 alkoxy group is substituted on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ above:
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
R ₆ represents a hydrogen group,
R ₇ represents a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
A medicament comprising the quinolone compound represented by the general formula (1) according to claim 8 or a salt thereof. General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen, or (2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
Indicate
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrazolyl group or a pyrimidinyl group,
Here, on the phenyl group, thienyl group, furyl group, pyrazolyl group or pyrimidinyl group represented by R ₃ , the following (7), (8), (9), (10), (12), (13 ) And (14) are substituted by one group selected from:
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl groups optionally having one carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkoxy group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₇ represents any one of the following groups (1) to (11):
(1) hydrogen,
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(3) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(4) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(5) C _1-6 alkoxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(7) an amino group optionally having one or two groups selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a cyclo C3-C8 alkyl group;
(8) a cyclo C3-C8 alkyloxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) Pyrrolidinyl group]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt. R ₁ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ , one group selected from the group consisting of the following (7) to (10) and (12) to (14) is substituted:
(7) hydroxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(8) benzyloxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group,
_{(12) C 1-6} alkyl groups optionally having one carbamoyl _{C 1-6} alkoxy group,
(13) a carbamoyl group optionally having one morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(14) morpholinyl piperidylcarbonyl group,
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ represents the following group (2) or (11):
(2) a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(11) represents a pyrrolidinyl group,
The medicament according to claim 10. General formula (1)

[Where:
R ₁ is
(1) hydrogen, or (2) a C _1-6 alkyl group,
Indicate
R ₂ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, one C _1-6 alkoxy group is substituted on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ above:
R ₄ represents halogen, a C _1-6 alkyl group or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₅ represents hydrogen or halogen;
R ₆ represents hydrogen or a C _1-6 alkoxy group,
R ₇ represents the following group (6), (9) or (10):
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group]
The pharmaceutical which consists of quinolone compound represented by these, or its salt. R ₁ represents hydrogen,
R ₃ represents a phenyl group,
Here, one C _1-6 alkoxy group is substituted on the phenyl ring represented by R ₃ above:
R ₄ represents halogen,
R ₅ represents hydrogen,
R ₆ represents hydrogen,
R ₇ represents the following group (6), (9), or (10 ) :
(6) a carbamoyl C _1-6 alkoxy group which may have one group selected from the group consisting of a C _1-6 alkyl group and a morpholinyl C _1-6 alkyl group,
(9) Carboxy C _1-6 alkoxy group,
(10) C _1-6 alkoxycarbonyl C _1-6 alkoxy group
It is shown,
The medicine according to claim 12.

Or

The medicament according to claim 1, wherein

Or

The medicament according to claim 4, wherein

Or

The medicament according to claim 6, wherein

Or

A pharmaceutical comprising the quinolone compound or a salt thereof.   A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a neurodegenerative disease, a disease associated with a disorder of neurological function, or a disease associated with a decrease in mitochondrial function, comprising the pharmaceutical according to any one of claims 1 to 17 as an active ingredient.   Neurodegenerative diseases are Parkinson's disease, Parkinson's syndrome, juvenile Parkinsonism, striatal nigra degeneration, progressive supranuclear palsy, pure ataxia, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, prion disease, basal ganglia degeneration Disease, diffuse Lewy body disease, Huntington's disease, spiny erythrocytic chorea, benign hereditary chorea, paroxysmal choreoathetosis, essential tremor, essential myoclonus, Gilles de la Tourette syndrome, Rett syndrome, Degenerative balism, Degenerative muscular dystonia, Athetosis, Spastic torticollis, Mage syndrome, Cerebral palsy, Wilson disease, Segawa disease, Hallelfolden-Spatz syndrome, Axonal dystrophy, Pallus atrophy, Spinocerebellar degeneration, Cortical cerebellar atrophy, Holmes cerebellar atrophy, olive bridge cerebellar atrophy, hereditary olive bridge cerebellar atrophy, Joseph's disease, dentate nucleus red Ryukyu Ryu atrophy, Gerstmann-Stroisler-Scheinka syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Lucy Levy syndrome, May-White syndrome, congenital cerebellar ataxia, periodic hereditary ataxia, telangiectasia , Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive bulbar paralysis, spinal progressive amyotrophy, bulbospinal muscular atrophy, Weldnig-Hoffmann disease, Kugelberg-Wehlander disease, hereditary spastic paraplegia, syringomyelia , Syringomyelia, Arnold Kiary malformation, stiff man syndrome, Klippel file syndrome, phathiorond disease, hypomyelopathy, dandy walker syndrome, spina bifida, Sjogren Larson syndrome, radiation myelopathy, age-related macular degeneration, Stroke selected from cerebral infarction and cerebral hemorrhage and / or associated dysfunction or god It is a disease selected from the group consisting of deficit, treatment and / or prophylactic agent of claim 18.   Diseases associated with impaired neurological function include spinal cord injury, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, radioactive disorder, as well as multiple sclerosis, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, transverse myelitis, progressive multiple The treatment according to claim 18, which is a disease selected from the group consisting of demyelinating diseases selected from focal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosis panencephalitis, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuritis and Guillain-Barre syndrome. And / or preventive agent.   Diseases associated with decreased mitochondrial function include Pearson's syndrome, diabetes, hearing loss, malignant migraine, Leber's disease, MELAS, MERRF, MERRF / Merrus duplication syndrome, NARP, pure myopathy, mitochondrial cardiomyopathy, myopathy , Dementia, gastrointestinal ataxia, acquired ironblastic anemia, aminoglycoside-induced hearing loss, complex III deficiency due to cytochrome b gene mutation, symmetric polylipomatosis, ataxia, myoclonus, retinopathy, MNGIE, ANT1 Abnormalities, Twinkle abnormalities, POLG abnormalities, repetitive myoglobinuria, SANDO, ARCO, complex I deficiency, complex II deficiency, optic atrophy, complex IV deficient severe infant type, mitochondrial DNA deficiency syndrome, Lee Encephalopathy, Chronic progressive extraocular palsy syndrome (CPEO), Keynes-Sayer syndrome, Encephalopathy, Lacticemia, Myoglobinuria, Drug-induced mitocon Doria disease, schizophrenia, major depressive disorder, bipolar type I disorder, bipolar type II disorder, mixed state, dysthymic disorder, atypical depression, seasonal affective disorder, postpartum depression, mild depression, repetitive The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to claim 18, which is a disease selected from the group consisting of sexual short-term depression disorder, refractory depression, chronic depression, double depression and acute renal failure.   An ischemic heart disease and / or dysfunction associated therewith, heart failure, cardiomyopathy, aortic detachment, immunodeficiency, autoimmune disease, pancreatic insufficiency, comprising the pharmaceutical according to claim 1 as an active ingredient, Diabetes mellitus, atheroembolic kidney disease, polycystic kidney disease, medullary cystic disease, renal cortical necrosis, malignant nephrosclerosis, renal failure, renal disorder, hepatic encephalopathy, liver failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary embolism, Treatment and / or prevention of diseases of bronchiectasis, silicosis, black lung, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrosis, muscular dystrophy, clostridial muscular necrosis and femoral condylar osteonecrosis Agent. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 17 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing the medicine according to any one of claims 1 to 17 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.